CIRRUS LOGIC INC
S-1/A, 1997-06-17
SEMICONDUCTORS & RELATED DEVICES
Previous: FIRST TRUST OF INSURED MUNICIPAL BONDS SERIES 141, 24F-2NT, 1997-06-17
Next: CIRRUS LOGIC INC, 10-K, 1997-06-17




As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 12, 1997
                                            REGISTRATION NO. 333-23553
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                ----------------
                                AMENDMENT No. 1
                                      TO
                                    FORM S-1

                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     Under
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                ----------------
                               CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

      CALIFORNIA                                                 77-0024818
(State or other jurisdiction of                               (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)                              Identification No.)

                            3100 West Warren Avenue
                          Fremont, California 94538
                                (510) 623-8300
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)

                              Robert F. Donohue
                     Vice President, Chief Legal Officer
                         General Counsel and Secretary
                               CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.
                            3100 West Warren Avenue
                          Fremont, California 94538
                                (510) 623-8300
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                                ----------------
                                   Copies to:
                               Arthur Schneiderman
                                 Michael Danaher
                        Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
                            Professional Corporation
                                650 Page Mill Road
                        Palo Alto, California 94304-1050
                                 (415) 493-9300
                                ----------------
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
     From time to time after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

         If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following
box.

         If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with
dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box.  [X]

         If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the
earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  [ ] ______

         If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.  [ ] ______

         If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box.  [ ]

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===============================================================================================================
                                    Proposed      Proposed    Proposed
                                    maximum       maximum     maximum
                                    offering      offering   aggregate     Amount of     Amount of
    Title of each class of        amount to be   price per    offering      offering    registration
  securities to be registered     registered        unit     price (1)       price          fee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>             <C>         <C>         <C>             <C>
6% Convertible Subordinated     $ 280,725,000    100%       $ 280,725,00   $ 280,725,000  $ 85,068.1
Notes due December 15, 2003 . .
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock, no par            11,591,219 
value . . . . . . . . . . . . . shares (2)        -                  -               -          -
===============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee 
      pursuant to Rule 457(i) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)   Such number represents the number of shares of Common Stock as are
      initially issuable upon conversion of the 6% Convertible Subordinated
      Notes due December 15, 2003 registered hereby and, pursuant to Rule 416
      under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such indeterminate number 
      of shares of Common Stock as shall be required for issuance upon
      conversion of the Notes being registered hereunder.  Pursuant to 
      Rule 457(i), no registration fee is required.

                                  --------------
      THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE
OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE> 
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of any offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these
securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be
unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of
any such State.
<PAGE> 

PROSPECTUS 

                Subject to Completion, Dated June 12, 1997 
                            Cirrus Logic, Inc. 
                             U.S. $280,725,000 
          6% Convertible Subordinated Notes due December 15, 2003 
                                    and 
                          Shares of Common Stock 
                     Issuable Upon Conversion Thereof 

                  ------------------------------------

       This Prospectus relates to $280,725,000 aggregate principal amount of 
6% Convertible Subordinated Notes due December 15, 2003 (the "Notes") of 
Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the "Company") sold otherwise than in reliance on  
Regulation S (the "Registrable Notes") under the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended (the "Securities Act"), and the shares of Common Stock, no par value 
of the Company, ("Common Stock") issuable upon the conversion of the 
Registrable Notes (the "Conversion Shares").  The Registrable Notes 
registered hereby were issued and sold on December 12, 1996 (the "Original 
Offering") in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the 
Securities Act, to persons reasonably believed by Goldman, Sachs & Co., 
Salomon Brothers Inc, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., and Robertson, Stevens & 
Company LLC, as the initial purchasers (the "Initial Purchasers") of the 
Registrable Notes, to be "qualified institutional buyers" (as defined by 
Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or other institutional "accredited 
investors" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under Regulation D 
of the Securities Act).  An additional $19,275,000 aggregate amount of Notes 
were issued by the Company in the Original Offering and sold by the Initial 
Purchasers in compliance with the provisions of Regulation S under the 
Securities Act.  The Registrable Notes and the Common Stock issuable upon 
conversion thereof may be offered and sold from time to time by the holders 
named herein or by their transferees, pledgees, donees or their successors 
(collectively, the "Selling Securityholders") pursuant to this Prospectus.  
The Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part has been filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a registration 
rights agreement dated as of December 12, 1996 (the "Registration 
Agreement") between the Company and the Initial Purchasers, entered into in 
connection with the Original Offering. 

       The Registrable Notes are convertible at the option of the holder 
into shares of Common Stock of the Company (at any time on or after March 
18, 1997 and prior to redemption or maturity, at a conversion rate of 
41.2903 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Registrable Notes), subject to 
adjustment under certain circumstances.  Interest on the Registrable Notes 
is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, 
commencing on June 15, 1997.  On June 10, 1997, the closing price of the 
Common Stock, which is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol 
"CRUS," was $11.25 per share. 


                        ---------------------------

   THE NOTES AND THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF 
                                   RISK. 

                              SEE "RISK FACTORS."
                       -----------------------------


THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND 
     EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED 
UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE 
                      CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. 


             THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS ____________, 1997 

       The Registrable Notes are unsecured general obligations of the 
Company and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future 
Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture).  See "Description of the 
Notes--Subordination."  The Registrable Notes will mature on December 15, 
2003, and may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, in whole or in 
part, at any time on or after December 16, 1999 at the redemption prices set 
forth herein plus accrued interest.  Each holder of Registrable Notes will 
have the right to cause the Company to repurchase all of such holder's 
Registrable Notes, payable in cash or, at the Company's option, in Common 
Stock, in the event the Common Stock is no longer publicly traded or in 
certain circumstances involving a Change of Control (as defined in the 
Indenture). 

       The Registrable Notes and the Conversion Shares may be offered by the 
Selling Securityholders from time to time in transactions (which may include 
block transactions in the case of the Conversion Shares) on any exchange or 
market on which such securities are listed or quoted, as applicable, in 
negotiated transactions, through a combination of such methods of sale, or 
otherwise, at fixed prices that may be changed, at market prices prevailing 
at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or at 
negotiated prices. The Selling Securityholders may effect such transactions 
by selling the Registrable Notes or Conversion Shares directly or to or 
through broker-dealers, who may receive compensation in the form of 
discounts, concessions or commissions from the Selling Securityholders 
and/or the purchasers of the Registrable Notes or Conversion Shares for whom 
such broker-dealers may act as agents or to whom they may sell as 
principals, or both (which compensation as to a particular broker-dealer 
might be in excess of customary commissions).  The Company will not receive 
any of the proceeds from the sale of the Registrable Notes or Conversion 
Shares by the Selling Securityholders.  The Company has agreed to pay all 
expenses incident to the offer and sale of the Registrable Notes and 
Conversion Shares offered by the Selling Securityholders hereby, except that 
the Selling Securityholders will pay all underwriting discounts and selling 
commissions, if any.  See "Plan of Distribution." 

       The Registrable Notes have been designated for trading on the PORTAL 
Market.  Registrable Notes sold pursuant to this Prospectus are not eligible 
for trading on the PORTAL Market. 


       The Selling Securityholders will receive all of the net proceeds from
the sale of the Registrable Notes and the Common Stock issuable upon
conversion of the Registrable Notes and will pay all underwriting discounts
and selling commissions, if any, applicable to the sale of the Registrable
Notes and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Registrable
Notes.  The Company is responsible for payment of all other expenses
incident to the offer and sale of the Registrable Notes and the Common
Stock issuable upon conversion of the Registrable Notes. 


                           AVAILABLE INFORMATION 

       The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in 
accordance therewith files reports, proxy and information statements, and 
other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the 
"Commission").  Such reports, proxy and information statements, and other 
information filed by the Company can be inspected and copied at the public 
reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth 
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, as well as the regional offices of the 
Commission located at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, 
Chicago, Illinois 60661, and Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, 
New York 10048.  Copies of such material can be obtained from the Public 
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, 
D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates.  Such reports, proxy statements and other 
information can also be inspected at the offices of the National Association 
of Securities Dealers, Inc. at 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. 
The Commission maintains a World Wide Web site that contains reports, proxy 
and information statements, and other information that are filed through the 
Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System.  This 
Web site can be accessed at http://www.sec.gov. 

       The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 (together with all amendments and exhibits thereto, the 
"Registration Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to the 
Registrable Notes and Common Stock offered hereby.  This Prospectus does not 
contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement and 
the exhibits and schedules thereto, certain parts of which are omitted in 
accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission.  For further 
information with respect to the Company, the Registrable Notes and the 
Common Stock, reference is made to the Registration Statement and the 
exhibits and schedules thereto.  Statements contained in this Prospectus as 
to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily 
complete and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such 
contract or document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each 
such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.  Copies of 
the Registration Statement, including all exhibits thereto, may be obtained 
from the Commission's principal office in Washington, D.C. upon payment of 
the fees prescribed by the Commission, or may be examined without charge at 
the offices of the Commission described above. 

       Cirrus Logic(R) and the Cirrus Logic logo are registered trademarks 
of the Company.  Crystal Semiconductor(TM) and SmartAnalog(TM) are
trademarks of Crystal Semiconductor Corporation.  This Prospectus also
uses trademarks of companies other than the Company and its 
subsidiaries. 


                                  SUMMARY 

       The following summary information is qualified in its entirety by the 
detailed information and financial information incorporated by reference 
herein appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.  This Prospectus contains 
certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the 
Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act.  When used in this 
Prospectus, the words "believes," "intends," "anticipates" and similar 
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  Such 
statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual results to differ materially from those projected.  Such risks and 
uncertainties include the timing and acceptance of new product 
introductions, the actions of the Company's competitors and business 
partners, and those discussed under the caption "Risk Factors," 
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations," and "Business."


                                THE COMPANY 

       Cirrus Logic, Inc., ("Cirrus Logic" or the "Company") is a leading 
manufacturer of integrated circuits ("ICs") for the personal computer,
consumer and industrial markets.  The Company has developed a broad
portfolio of products and technologies for multimedia, including graphics,
video and audio; mass storage, including magnetic hard disk and CD-ROM;
communications over local and wide area networks; and advanced
mixed-signal applications. 

       Cirrus Logic was incorporated under the laws of California on 
February 3, 1984, as the successor to a research corporation which had been 
incorporated in Utah in 1981.  The Company's principal executive offices are 
located at 3100 West Warren Avenue, Fremont, California 94538 and its 
telephone number is (510) 623-8300. 


                               THE OFFERING 


Securities Offered . . . . .         $280,725,000 aggregate principal amount 
                                     of 6% Convertible  Subordinated Notes 
                                     due December 15, 2003, issued under an 
                                     indenture (the "Indenture") between the 
                                     Company and State Street Bank and Trust 
                                     Company as Trustee ("Trustee")  and 
                                     Common Stock issuable upon conversion 
                                     thereof. 


Issuer . . . . . . . . . . .         Cirrus Logic, Inc., a California 
                                     corporation. 


Interest Payment Date. . . .         Interest on the Registrable Notes is 
                                     payable semiannually on June 15 and 
                                     December 15 of each year, commencing 
                                     June 15, 1997. 


Conversion Rate. . . . . . .         41.2903 shares per U.S. $1,000 
                                     principal amount of Registrable Notes 
                                     (equivalent to a conversion price of 
                                     approximately U.S. $24.219 per share), 
                                     subject to adjustment. 


Conversion Rights. . . . . .         The Registrable Notes are convertible 
                                     at any time on or after March 18, 1997 
                                     and prior to the close of business on 
                                     the maturity date, unless previously 
                                     redeemed or repurchased, at the 
                                     conversion rate set forth above. 
                                     Holders of Registrable Notes called for 
                                     redemption or repurchase will be 
                                     entitled to convert the Registrable 
                                     Notes up to, but not including or 
                                     after, the date fixed for redemption or 
                                     repurchase, as the case may be. See 
                                     "Description of Registrable Notes -- 
                                     Conversion Rights." 


Subordination. . . . . . . .         The Registrable Notes are subordinated 
                                     in right of payment to all existing and 
                                     future Senior Indebtedness (as defined) 
                                     of the Company and effectively 
                                     subordinated to all liabilities of the 
                                     Company's subsidiaries.  As of March 29, 
                                     1997, the Company had approximately 
                                     $139 million of indebtedness and other 
                                     liabilities that constituted Senior 
                                     Indebtedness including approximately 
                                     $41 million of letters of credit.  As 
                                     of March 29, 1997, the Company's 
                                     subsidiaries had approximately $371
                                     million of indebtedness and other 
                                     liabilities (including trade payables 
                                     and indebtedness and other liabilities 
                                     of the Company's manufacturing joint 
                                     ventures and excluding intercompany 
                                     liabilities) as to which the 
                                     Registrable Notes have been effectively 
                                     subordinated.  Approximately $43
                                     million of this amount is also included 
                                     in the amount of the Company's 
                                     outstanding Senior Indebtedness as of 
                                     March 29, 1997, as set forth above. 
                                     The Indenture does not restrict the 
                                     incurrence of additional Senior 
                                     Indebtedness or other indebtedness by 
                                     the Company or any subsidiary.  The 
                                     Company anticipates incurring 
                                     significant additional obligations, 
                                     which may include Senior Indebtedness, 
                                     for its manufacturing program.  See 
                                     "Business -- Manufacturing" and "Risk 
                                     Factors -- Liquidity and Capital 
                                     Requirements" and "-- Leverage and 
                                     Subordination." 

Optional Redemption. . . . .         The Registrable Notes are redeemable at 
                                     the option of the Company, in whole or 
                                     in part, at any time on or after 
                                     December 16, 1999 at the redemption 
                                     prices set forth herein plus accrued 
                                     interest to the redemption date. See 
                                     "Description of Registrable Notes -- 
                                     Redemption." 


Repurchase at Option . . . .         Upon a Change in Control (as defined), 
of Holders Upon a                    holders of the Registrable Notes will 
Change in Control                    have the right, subject to certain    
                                     conditions and restrictions, to require 
                                     the Company to purchase all or part of 
                                     their Registrable Notes at 100% of the 
                                     principal amount thereof, plus accrued 
                                     interest to the repurchase date. The 
                                     repurchase price is payable in cash or, 
                                     at the option of the Company but 
                                     subject to the satisfaction of certain 
                                     conditions on the part of the Company, 
                                     in shares of Common Stock (valued at 
                                     95% of the average closing bid prices 
                                     of the Common Stock for the five 
                                     trading days preceding the second 
                                     trading day prior to the repurchase 
                                     date). See "Description of Registrable 
                                     Notes -- Repurchase at Option of 
                                     Holders Upon a Change in Control." 


Use of Proceeds. . . . . . .         The Company will not receive any of the 
                                     proceeds from the sale of any of the 
                                     Registrable Notes or the Common Stock 
                                     issuable upon conversion thereof. 


Events of Default. . . . . .         Events of default include: (a) failure 
                                     to pay principal of or premium, if any, 
                                     on any Note when due, whether or not 
                                     such payment is prohibited by the 
                                     subordination provisions of the Notes 
                                     and the Indenture; (b) failure to pay 
                                     any interest on any Note when due, 
                                     continuing for 30 days, whether or not 
                                     such payment is prohibited by the 
                                     subordination provisions of the Notes 
                                     and the Indenture; (c) default in the 
                                     Company's obligation to provide notice 
                                     of a Change in Control (as defined); 
                                     (d)  failure to perform any other 
                                     covenant of the Company in the 
                                     Indenture, continuing for 60 days after 
                                     written notice as provided in the 
                                     Indenture (except that if such failure 
                                     is capable of being cured and the 
                                     Company commences efforts to cure such 
                                     failure within such 60 day period, such 
                                     failure shall not be considered an 
                                     event of default for an additional 60 
                                     days so long as the Company is 
                                     diligently pursuing the cure); (e) any 
                                     indebtedness for money borrowed by the 
                                     Company in an outstanding principal 
                                     amount in excess of $20,000,000 is not 
                                     paid at final maturity or upon 
                                     acceleration thereof and such default 
                                     in payment or acceleration is not cured 
                                     or rescinded within 30 days after 
                                     written notice as provided in the 
                                     Indenture; and (f) certain events of 
                                     bankruptcy, insolvency or 
                                     reorganization.  See "Description of 
                                     Registrable Notes -- Events of 
                                     Default." 


Registration Rights. . . . .         Upon any failure by the Company to 
                                     comply with certain of its obligations 
                                     under the Registration Agreement, 
                                     additional interest will be payable on 
                                     the Registrable Notes. 


                               RISK FACTORS 

       In addition to the other information included in this Prospectus, the 
following risk factors should be carefully considered in evaluating an 
investment in the Registrable Notes offered hereby and the shares of Common 
Stock issuable upon conversion thereof.  This Prospectus contains certain 
forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the 
Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act, which involve risks and 
uncertainties.  The Company's actual results may differ significantly from 
the results discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of 
various risks and uncertainties, including those summarized below. 


Recent Operating Losses; Factors Affecting Quarterly Operating Results

       The Company experienced operating losses in the last half of fiscal
1996 and in fiscal 1997.  The Company took a number of actions in response
to these losses.  The Company instituted programs to streamline
operations and reduce costs, part of which involved 10% and 15% percent
reductions in force in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996 and the fourth
quarter of fiscal 1997, respectively.  The Company also made a strategic
decision to focus on the Company's core competencies in the multimedia,
mass storage and communications  markets, to increase the engineering and
marketing resources devoted to product development in these areas, and to
divest or shut-down divisions and programs which do not fit within these
core competencies.  Nevertheless, there is no assurance that the Company
will regain the levels of profitability that it has achieved in the past
or that losses will not occur in the future. 

       The Company's quarterly revenue and operating results have varied   
significantly in the past and are likely to vary substantially from quarter 
to quarter in the future.  The Company's quarterly operating results are 
affected by a wide variety of factors, many of which are outside of the 
Company's control, including, but not limited to, economic conditions and 
overall market demand in the United States and worldwide, the Company's 
ability to introduce new products and technologies on a timely basis, the 
ability of the Company to utilize fully the capacity of its 
manufacturing joint ventures and the ability of such joint ventures to 
produce wafers on a timely and competitive basis, changes in product mix, 
pricing decisions, fluctuations in manufacturing costs which affect the 
Company's gross margins, declines in market demand for the Company's and 
customers' products, sales timing, the level of orders which are received 
and can be shipped in a quarter, the cyclical nature of both the 
semiconductor industry and the markets addressed by the Company's products, 
product obsolescence, price erosion and competitive factors.  Any           
unfavorable changes in the above or other factors could adversely affect 
the Company's operating results. In addition, as a result of the Company's 
decision to expand its wafer supply sources by, among other things, taking 
direct ownership interests in wafer manufacturing ventures, the Company's 
operating results will be more sensitive to fluctuations in revenues. 

       As is common in the semiconductor industry, the Company frequently 
ships more product in the third month of each quarter than in either of the 
first two months of the quarter, and shipments in the third month are higher 
at the end of that month.  This pattern is likely to continue. The 
concentration of sales in the last month of the quarter may cause the 
Company's quarterly results of operations to be more difficult to predict.  
Moreover, a disruption in the Company's production or shipping near the end 
of a quarter could materially reduce the Company's revenues for that 
quarter. 


Liquidity and Capital Requirements 

     The semiconductor industry is extremely capital intensive.  To remain 
competitive, the Company believes it must continue to invest in advanced  
wafer manufacturing and in test equipment.  Investments will be made in the 
various external manufacturing arrangements and its own facilities.   The 
Company intends to obtain most of the necessary capital through direct or 
guaranteed equipment lease financing and the balance through debt and/or 
equity financing, and cash generated from operations. 

     As of March 29, 1997, the Company has a commitment for a bank line of 
credit for borrowings up to a maximum of $150 million, expiring on October 
31, 1999, at the banks' prime rate plus one-half percent.  As of March 29, 
1997, no borrowings were outstanding under the line.  Borrowings are secured 
by cash, accounts receivable, inventory, intellectual property, and stock in 
the Company's subsidiaries.  Use of the line is limited to the borrowing 
base as defined by accounts receivable.  Terms of the agreement include 
satisfaction of certain financial ratios, minimum tangible net worth, cash 
flow, and leverage requirements as well as a prohibition against the payment 
of a cash dividend without prior bank approval.  The Company was not in 
compliance with certain financial ratios and the profitability covenant as 
of March 29, 1997.  The Company expects to amend or replace the existing 
line of credit facility in fiscal 1998. 

       There can be no assurance that financing will be available or, if  
available, will be on satisfactory terms.  Failure to obtain adequate  
financing would restrict the Company's ability to expand its manufacturing  
infrastructure, to make other investments in capital equipment, and to 
pursue other initiatives. 

       There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to generate 
net cash from operations in future periods and its ability to do so is 
subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those summarized 
herein under "Risk Factors." 


Leverage and Subordination 

       The Company is highly leveraged.  In connection with the Original 
Offering, the Company incurred $300 million of indebtedness, increasing the 
Company's total debt to approximately $392 million and resulting in a ratio 
of total debt to equity (expressed as a percentage) of approximately 97
percent, as of March 29, 1997.  In addition, as of March 29, 1997, the 
Company has (i) guaranteed or is directly liable for payments under 
operating leases payable over lease terms ranging from five to seven years 
and aggregating approximately $694 million and (ii) guaranteed         
approximately $6 million of capitalized leases.  Moreover, the Company 
expects to incur substantial additional direct or guaranteed lease 
obligations in connection with its manufacturing joint ventures.  See      
"Liquidity and Capital Requirements." 

       For fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, the Company's earnings were
insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $47.1 million and
$51.6 million, respectively.  Fixed charges exclude the interest factor
associated with operating leases of the Company's MiCRUS and Cirent
Semiconductor joint ventures and the interest associated with capitalized
leases of the Company's MiCRUS joint venture.  On a pro forma basis, had
the amount of such interest factor been included in such fixed charges, the
Company's earnings would have been insufficient to cover fixed charges for
fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997 by approximately $66.5 million and $79.8 
million, respectively (assuming the Cirent Semiconductor leases were
entered into at the beginning of each such period). 

       The degree to which the Company is leveraged could (i)  adversely 
affect its ability to obtain additional financing for itself or its joint 
ventures, (ii) make it more vulnerable to general economic and market 
conditions, industry downturns and competitive pressures, (iii)  impair its 
ability to respond to technological changes, and (iv) result in the 
dedication of a significant amount of any cash generated from operating 
activities to the payment of debt service and other financing obligations, 
thereby reducing funds available for operations, its existing manufacturing 
joint ventures and future business opportunities, including those described 
under "Business -- Company Strategy."  The Company's ability to meet its 
debt service and other obligations will be dependent on the Company's future 
performance which will be subject to financial, business and other factors 
affecting operations of the Company, many of which are beyond its control. 

       The Registrable Notes are obligations exclusively of the Company.  
Since the operations of the Company are partially conducted through 
subsidiaries, the cash flow and the consequent ability to service debt, 
including the Registrable Notes, of the Company, are partially dependent 
upon the earnings of its subsidiaries and the distribution of those earnings 
to, or upon loans or other payments of funds by those subsidiaries to, the 
Company.  The payment of dividends and the making of loans and advances to 
the Company by its subsidiaries may be subject to statutory or contractual 
restrictions, are dependent upon the earnings of those subsidiaries and are 
subject to various business considerations. Any right of the Company to 
receive assets of any of its subsidiaries upon their liquidation or 
reorganization (and the consequent right of the holders of the Registrable 
Notes to participate in those assets) will be effectively subordinated to 
the claims of that subsidiary's creditors (including trade creditors), 
except to the extent that the Company is itself recognized as a creditor of 
such subsidiary, in which case the claims of the Company would still be 
subordinate to any security interests in the assets of such subsidiary and 
any indebtedness of such subsidiary senior to that held by the Company. 

       The Registrable Notes are unsecured and subordinated in right of 
payment in full to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the 
Company and are effectively subordinated to all liabilities of the
Company's subsidiaries.  As a result of such subordination, in the event of
the Company's liquidation or insolvency, payment default with respect to
Senior Indebtedness, a covenant default with respect to Designated Senior 
Indebtedness (as defined), or upon acceleration of the Registrable Notes
due to an event of default, the assets of the Company will be available to
pay obligations on the Notes only after all Senior Indebtedness has been
paid in full, and there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay
amounts due on any or all of the Registrable Notes then outstanding.   As
of March 29, 1997, the Company had approximately $139 million of
indebtedness and other liabilities that constituted Senior Indebtedness
including approximately $41 million of letters of credit.  As of March
29, 1997, the Company's subsidiaries had approximately $37 million of
indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables and
indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company's manufacturing joint
ventures and excluding intercompany liabilities) as to which the
Registrable Notes have been effectively subordinated.  Approximately $43
million of this amount is also included in the amount of the Company's
outstanding Senior Indebtedness as of March 29, 1997, as set forth above.

       The Indenture does not prohibit or limit the incurrence of Senior 
Indebtedness or the incurrence of other indebtedness and other liabilities 
by the Company or its subsidiaries.  The incurrence of additional 
indebtedness and other liabilities by the Company or its subsidiaries could 
adversely affect the Company's ability to pay its obligations on the Notes. 
The Company expects from time to time to incur additional indebtedness and 
other liabilities, including Senior Indebtedness, and also expects that its 
subsidiaries will from time to time incur additional indebtedness and other 
liabilities.  In particular, the Company anticipates incurring significant 
obligations, which may include additional Senior Indebtedness, in connection 
with its manufacturing program.  See "-- Leverage and Subordination,"  
"Business -- Manufacturing" and "Description of Registrable Notes -- 
Subordination." 

Risks Associated with Manufacturing and Supply Arrangements 

       In recent years the Company has pursued a strategy to increase its 
committed wafer supplies through direct ownership interests in manufacturing 
ventures and committed wafer supply agreements.  See "Business -- 
Manufacturing."  Although these arrangements increase the Company's sources 
of wafer supply, they also have the effect of reducing the Company's 
flexibility to reduce the amount of wafers it is committed to purchase and 
increasing the Company's fixed manufacturing costs as a percentage of 
overall costs of sales.  As a result, the operating results of the Company 
are becoming more sensitive to fluctuations in revenues. In the case of the 
Company's joint ventures, overcapacity or underutilization results in 
underabsorbed fixed cost, which adversely affects gross margins and 
earnings.  The Company incurred such charges at its MiCRUS facility for 
failing to purchase sufficient wafers in the last two quarters of fiscal 
1996 and the second and fourth quarters of fiscal 1997.  In the case of the
Company's contracts with semiconductor foundries, the Company must pay
contractual penalties if it fails to purchase its minimum commitments. 

       Moreover, the Company will benefit from the MiCRUS and Cirent 
Semiconductor joint ventures only if they are able to produce wafers at or 
below prices generally prevalent in the market.  If, however, either of 
these ventures is not able to produce wafers at competitive prices, the 
Company's results of operations will be materially adversely affected. 

       The process of beginning production at and increasing volume with the 
joint ventures inevitably involves risks, and there can be no assurance that 
the manufacturing costs of such ventures will be competitive.  Additional 
risks include the ability of the Company to forecast demand for a mix of 
products that fully utilize facility capacity, the timely development of 
products, unexpected disruptions to the manufacturing process, the 
difficulty of maintaining quality and consistency, particularly at the 
smaller submicron levels, dependence on equipment suppliers and 
technological obsolescence. 

       As a participant in manufacturing joint ventures, the Company also 
will share in the risks encountered by wafer manufacturers generally, 
including being subject to a variety of foreign, federal, state and local 
governmental regulations related to the discharge and disposal of toxic, 
volatile or otherwise hazardous materials used in the manufacturing process. 
Any failure by a manufacturing venture to control the use of, or to restrict 
adequately the discharge of, hazardous materials by the venture under 
present or future regulations could subject it to substantial liability or 
could cause the manufacturing operations to be suspended.  In addition, the 
Company could be held financially responsible for remedial measures if any 
of the joint venture manufacturing facilities were found to be contaminated 
whether or not the Company or the joint venture was responsible for such 
contamination. 

       The Company is not in direct control of the joint ventures or of 
the wafer manufacturing companies in which it invests.  The Company is 
dependent on the joint venture management and/or its joint venture partners 
for the operation of the new manufacturing facilities, including the hiring 
of qualified personnel.  In addition, the manufacturing processes and 
policies undertaken by each manufacturing joint venture may not be optimized 
to meet the Company's specific needs and products.  If the joint ventures 
are unable to manage the operations effectively, their ability to implement 
state-of-the-art manufacturing processes, to produce wafers at competitive 
costs, and to produce sufficient output could be adversely affected.  Also, 
the Company's joint venture partners may enter into contractual or licensing 
agreements with third parties, or may be subject to injunctions arising from 
alleged violations of third party intellectual property rights, which could 
restrict the joint venture from using particular manufacturing processes or 
producing certain products. 

       Certain of the Company's wafer supply arrangements involve facilities 
outside the United States and therefore entail the risks associated with 
foreign operations. See "Risk Factors -- Foreign Operations; Currency 
Fluctuations." 

       The increase in the Company's wafer supply arrangements could strain 
the Company's management and engineering resources.  This strain on 
resources could be exacerbated by the geographic distances between the 
Company's facilities and the various wafer production facilities.  There can 
be no assurance that the Company will be able to hire additional management, 
engineering and other personnel as needed to manage its expansion programs 
effectively and to implement new production capacity in a timely manner and 
within budget. 

       The Company believes other manufacturers are also expanding or 
planning to expand their fabrication capacity over the next several years.  
There can be no assurance that the industry's expansion of wafer production 
will not lead to additional overcapacity.  If this were to occur, the market 
price for wafers sold by third party foundries could further decline, and 
the wafers produced by the Company's joint ventures could become more costly 
relative to prevailing market prices. 

     In fiscal 1993 and 1996, the Company entered into volume purchase 
agreements with TSMC.  Under each agreement, the Company committed to 
purchase a fixed minimum number of wafers at market prices and TSMC 
guaranteed to supply certain quantities.  The fiscal 1993 agreement expired 
in March 1997.  The fiscal 1996 agreement expires in December 2001.  Under 
the agreement entered into in fiscal 1996, the Company has agreed to make 
advance payments to TSMC of approximately $118 million, one-half in fiscal 
1998 and one-half in fiscal 1999.  The parties have been reevaluating these 
arrangements, and, although no written agreement has been concluded, the 
Company believes that the requirement for advance payments may be 
eliminated, to be replaced by long-term purchase commitments.  Under both 
the fiscal 1993 and 1996 agreements, if the Company does not purchase the 
committed amounts, it may be required to pay a per-wafer penalty for any 
shortfall not sold by TSMC to other customers.  Over the term of the fiscal 
1996 agreement, the Company estimates it must purchase approximately $790 
million of product in order to receive full credit for the advance payments 
or avoid penalties if the requirement for advance payments is eliminated.  
During fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company purchased approximately $40.2 
million, $37.2 million and $17.4 million, respectively, of product under the 
fiscal 1993 supply agreement.  In fiscal 1997, the Company purchased 
approximately $56.6 million under the fiscal 1996 supply agreement. 

     In the fall of 1995, the Company entered into a foundry agreement and a 
foundry capacity agreement with UMC, a Taiwanese company.  The agreements 
provide that UMC will form a new corporation under the laws of Taiwan, to be 
called United Silicon, Inc., and that United Silicon, Inc. will build a 
wafer fabrication facility and manufacture and sell wafers, wafer die and 
packaged integrated circuits.  The agreements provide that United Silicon, 
Inc. will be funded in part with debt and equipment lease financing from UMC 
and in part with equity contributions from the Company and two other U.S.  
semiconductor companies.  The agreements contemplated that the Company's 
total investment would be approximately $88 million, in exchange for which 
the Company would receive 15% of the equity of United Silicon, Inc. as well 
as the right (but not the obligation) to purchase up to 18.75% of the wafer 
output of the new facility at fair market prices.  The Company paid $20.6 
million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996.  The Company does not expect 
to make the additional scheduled investment.  Should the Company not make 
any additional investments, the Company's ultimate equity holding would be 
substantially less than 15% and the Company would not retain rights to 
guaranteed capacity.  However, the Company would retain its equity holding 
in United Silicon, Inc., and the Company believes that foregoing the rights 
to guaranteed capacity would not result in an impairment of the recorded 
value of the investment.  The Company evaluates the net realizable value of 
such investment on an ongoing basis. 

Dependence on Vendors for Wafer Supply and Assembly 

       Most of the Company's wafers are currently manufactured to the 
Company's specifications by outside merchant wafer suppliers.  Although the 
Company has increased its future wafer supplies from manufacturing joint 
ventures, the Company expects to purchase a substantial portion of its 
wafers from, and to be reliant upon, outside merchant wafer suppliers for at 
least the next two years although the number of suppliers it uses may 
diminish.  A decrease in the volume of wafers ordered or the number of 
suppliers used by the Company could adversely affect the Company's ability 
to obtain wafers from third party suppliers in the event the Company faces 
unanticipated shortfalls in supply. 

       The Company also uses other outside vendors to package the wafer die 
into ICs.  Beginning in fiscal 1998, the Company will start outsourcing a
substantial portion of its production testing.  The Company's reliance on
these outside suppliers involves several risks, including the absence of
adequate availability of certain testing and packaging technologies, and
less control over delivery schedules, manufacturing yields and costs. 
There is no assurance that the Company will not encounter difficulties
with its outside vendors that affect the Company's results of operations
in the future. 

       Although wafer and packaging supplies in general are expected to be 
sufficient to meet expected demand in the near future, the Company's results 
of operations could be adversely affected if particular suppliers are unable 
to provide a sufficient and timely supply of product, whether because of raw 
materials shortages, capacity constraints, unexpected disruptions at the 
plants, delays in qualifying other suppliers or other reasons, or if the 
Company is forced to purchase wafers from higher cost suppliers or to pay 
expediting charges to obtain additional supply, or if the Company's test 
facilities are disrupted for an extended period of time.  The Company's 
results of operations also could be adversely affected if the Company's 
suppliers are subject to injunctions arising from alleged violations of 
third party intellectual property rights.  The enforcement of such an 
injunction could impede a supplier's ability to provide wafers, components 
or packaging services to the Company.  In addition, the Company's 
flexibility to move production of any particular product from one wafer 
manufacturing facility to another can be limited in that such a move can 
require significant re-engineering, which may take several quarters.  These 
efforts also dilute the engineering resources assigned to new product 
development and adversely affect new product development schedules. 
Accordingly, production may be constrained even though capacity is available 
at one or more wafer manufacturing facilities.  In addition, the Company 
could encounter supply shortages if sales grow substantially.  Any supply 
shortage could adversely affect sales and operating profit.  Net sales and 
gross margin also could be adversely affected if the Company receives orders 
for large volumes of products to be shipped within short periods and if the 
Company's product testing capacity is not adequate to process such volumes. 


Dependence on PC Market and PC Manufacturers 

       Sales of most of the Company's products depend largely on sales of 
personal computers ("PCs"). Reduced growth in the PC market could affect the 
financial health of the Company as well as its customers. Moreover, as a 
component supplier to PC original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") and to 
peripheral device manufacturers, the Company is likely to experience a 
greater magnitude of fluctuations in demand than the Company's customers 
themselves experience. In addition, many of the Company's products are used 
in PCs for the consumer market, and the consumer PC market is more volatile 
than other segments of the PC market. 

       Other integrated circuit ("IC") makers, including Intel Corporation, 
have expressed their interest in integrating through hardware functions, 
adding through special software functions, or kitting components to provide 
some multimedia or communications features into or with the central 
microprocessor or in mediaprocessor products.  Successful integration of 
these functions could substantially reduce the Company's opportunities for 
IC sales in these areas. 

       A number of PC OEMs buy products directly from the Company and also 
buy motherboards, add-in boards or modules from suppliers who in turn buy 
products from the Company.  Accordingly, a significant portion of the 
Company's sales may depend directly or indirectly on the sales to a 
particular PC OEM.  Since the Company cannot track sales by motherboard, 
add-in board or module manufacturers, the Company may not be fully informed 
as to the extent or even the fact of its indirect dependence on any 
particular PC OEM, and, therefore, may be unable to assess the risk of such 
indirect dependence. 

       The PC market is intensely price competitive. The PC manufacturers in 
turn put pressure on the price of all PC components, and this pricing 
pressure is expected to continue. 


Rapid Technological Change; Dependence on New Products 

       Most of the markets in which the Company operates are characterized 
by rapid technological change and frequent introduction of new technology 
leading to more complex and powerful products. The result is a cyclical 
environment with short product life cycles, price erosion and high 
sensitivity to overall business conditions.  In addition, substantial 
capital and research and development investment is required for products and 
processes to keep up with the rapid pace of technological change. 

       The Company's products are in various stages of their product life 
cycles.  The Company's success is highly dependent upon its ability to 
develop complex new  products, to introduce them to the marketplace ahead of 
the competition, and to have them selected for design into products of 
leading system manufacturers.  These factors have become increasingly 
important to the Company's results of operations because the rate of change 
in the markets served by the Company continues to accelerate.  Since product 
life cycles are continually becoming shorter, market shares and revenues 
may be affected quickly if new product introductions are delayed, if the 
Company's products are not designed into successive generations of products 
of the Company's customers or if the customer's products are not successful 
in the market.  The Company's gross margins also will depend on the 
Company's success at introducing and ramping production of new products 
quickly and effectively because the gross margins of semiconductor products 
decline as competitive products are introduced.  In fiscal 1996, for 
example, gross margins for certain graphics and audio products and certain 
older fax/data/modem products declined in response to the announcement and 
introduction of newer products by the Company and its competitors.  Also, 
the Company must deliver products to customers according to customer 
schedules.  Delays in new product introductions could affect revenues and 
gross margins for current and follow-on products if customers shift to 
competitors to meet their requirements. 


Risks Associated with Display Graphics Market 

       The Company continues to experience intense competition in the sale 
of graphics products. Several competitors have introduced products and 
adopted pricing strategies that have increased competition in the desktop 
graphics market, and new competitors continue to enter the market. These 
competitive factors affected the Company's market share, gross margins, and 
earnings in fiscal 1997 and are likely to affect revenues and gross
margins for graphics accelerator products in the future. 

       The PC graphics market today consists primarily of two-dimensional 
(2D) graphics accelerators, and 2D graphics accelerators with video 
features.  Three-dimensional (3D) graphics acceleration is expected to 
become an important capability in late fiscal 1998, primarily in PC
products for the consumer marketplace.  Several competitors are already in
production of 3D accelerators. 

       During the second quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company introduced and 
began shipping its first Rambus DRAM (RDRAM)-based 3D accelerator for the 
mainstream PC market. The Company is striving to bring additional products 
with 3D acceleration to market, but there is no assurance that it will 
succeed in doing so in a timely manner.  If these additional products
are not brought to market in a timely manner or do not address the market
needs or cost or performance requirements, then the Company's graphics
market share and sales will be adversely affected.  Revenues from the
sale of graphics products in fiscal 1998 are also likely to be significantly
dependent on the success of the Company's current DRAM-based 2D
graphics/video accelerators.


Risks Associated with Multimedia Audio Market 

       Most of the Company's revenues in the multimedia audio market derive 
from the sales of 16-bit audio Codecs and integrated 16-bit Codec plus 
controller solutions for the consumer PC market.  Pricing pressures have 
forced a transition from multi-chip solutions to products that integrate the 
Codec, controller and synthesis into a single IC.  The Company's revenues 
from the sale of audio products in fiscal 1998 are likely to be 
significantly affected by the success of its recently introduced fully-
integrated, single-chip audio ICs.  Moreover, aggressive competitive pricing 
pressures have adversely affected and may continue to adversely affect the 
Company's revenues and gross margins from the sale of single-chip audio ICs. 
In addition, the introduction of new audio products from the Company's 
competitors, the introduction of mediaprocessors and the introduction of MMX 
processors with multimedia features by Intel Corporation could adversely 
affect revenues and gross margins from the sale of the Company's audio 
products. 

     Three-dimensional, spatial-effects audio is expected to become an 
important feature in fiscal 1998, primarily in products for the consumer 
marketplace.  The Company has begun shipping such products.  If the 
Company's spatial-effects audio products do not meet the cost or performance 
requirements of the market, revenues from the sale of audio products could 
be adversely affected. 


Risks Associated with Mass Storage Market 

       The disk drive market has historically been characterized by a small 
number of disk drive manufacturers and by periods of rapid growth followed 
by periods of oversupply and contraction.  Growth in the mass storage market 
is directly affected by growth in the PC market.  Disk drive manufacturers 
often build inventories during periods of anticipated growth, which results 
in excess inventories when growth slows.  As a result, suppliers to the disk 
drive industry have experienced large and sudden fluctuations in product 
demand.  Furthermore, the price competitive nature of the disk drive 
industry continues to put pressure on the price of all disk drive 
components.  In addition, consolidation in the disk drive industry has 
reduced the number of customers for the Company's mass storage products and 
increased the risk of large fluctuations in demand. 

     The Company believes that constraints in supply of certain read head 
components to the disk drive industry limited sales of its mass storage 
products in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997.  In addition, the Company 
believes that excess inventories held by its customers limited sales of the 
Company's mass storage products in the second quarter of fiscal 1997 and 
limited sales of the Company's optical disk drive products in the third 
quarter of fiscal 1997.  Revenues from mass storage products in fiscal 1998 
are likely to depend heavily on the success of certain 3.5 inch disk drive 
products selected for use by various customers, which in turn depends upon 
obtaining timely customer qualification of the new products and bringing the 
products into volume production timely and cost effectively. 

       The Company's revenues from mass storage products are dependent on 
the successful introduction by its customers of new disk drive products. 
Recent efforts by certain of the Company's customers to develop their own 
ICs for mass storage products could in the future reduce demand for the 
Company's mass storage products, which could have an adverse effect on the 
Company's revenues and gross margins from such products.  In addition, in 
response to the current market trend towards integrating hard disk 
controllers with microcontrollers, the Company's revenues and 
gross margins from its mass storage products will be dependent on the 
Company's ability to introduce such integrated products in a commercially 
competitive manner. 


Risks Associated with Communications Market 

       Most of the Company's revenues from communications products are 
expected to derive from sales of voice/data/fax modem chip sets.  The market 
for these products is intensely competitive, and competitive pricing 
pressures have affected and are likely to continue to affect the average 
selling prices and gross margins from this product line.  The success of the 
Company's products will depend not only on the products themselves but also 
on the degree and timing of market acceptance of new performance levels 
developed by U.S. Robotics, which will be supported by the Company's new 
products, and the development of standards with regard to these new 
performance levels. Moreover, as a relatively new entrant to this market, 
the Company may be at a competitive disadvantage to suppliers who have long-
term customer relationships, have greater market share or have greater 
financial resources.  In addition, the introduction of new modem products 
from the Company's competitors, the introduction of mediaprocessors and the 
introduction of MMX processors with multimedia features by Intel Corporation 
could adversely affect revenues and gross margins from the sale of the 
Company's modem products. 


Issues Related to Reorganization 

     During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company decided to 
reorganize into four market focused divisions (Personal Computer Products, 
Communications Products, Mass Storage Products and Crystal Semiconductor 
Products), outsource its production testing and consolidate certain 
corporate functions.  In connection with these actions the Company effected 
a workforce reduction of approximately 400 people, representing 
approximately 15% of the worldwide staff.  There is no assurance that these 
actions will be successful or have a positive impact on results of 
operations.  Furthermore, should such actions have a negative impact on the 
Company's ability to design and develop new products, market new or existing 
products, or produce and/or purchase products at competitive prices, the
Company's results of operations would be adversely affected.


Product Performance Risks 

       The greater integration of functions and complexity of operation of 
the Company's products increase the risk that latent defects or subtle 
faults could be discovered by customers or end users after volumes of 
product have been shipped.  If such defects were significant, the Company 
could incur material recall and replacement costs for product warranty. 


Inventory Risk; Shortened Customer Lead Times 

       The Company must order wafers and build inventory well in advance of 
product shipments.  Because the Company's markets are volatile and subject 
to rapid technology and price changes, there is a risk that the Company will 
forecast incorrectly and produce excess or insufficient inventories of 
particular products.  This inventory risk is heightened because many of the 
Company's customers place orders with short lead times and because sales to 
these customers have increased as a percentage of total sales, particularly 
for certain graphics and audio products.  In the third quarter of fiscal 
1996, these factors caused the Company to produce excess inventories of 
particular products, and the Company's revenues and earnings were adversely 
affected.  In addition, the Company's minimum commitments under its joint 
ventures may result in the Company producing inventory in excess of current 
and short-term demand in order to avoid incurring charges for 
underutilization.  These factors increase not only the inventory risk but 
also the difficulty of forecasting quarterly operating results.  Moreover, 
as is common in the semiconductor industry, the Company frequently ships 
more product in the third month of each quarter than in either of the first 
two months of the quarter, and shipments in the third month are higher at 
the end of that month.  The concentration of sales in the last month of the 
quarter contributes to the difficulty in predicting the Company's quarterly 
revenues and results of operations. 


Competition 

       The Company's business is intensely competitive and is characterized 
by new product cycles, price erosion and rapid technological change.  
Competition typically occurs at the design stage, where the customer 
evaluates alternative design approaches that require integrated circuits.  
Because of shortened product life cycles and even shorter design-in cycles, 
the Company's competitors have increasingly frequent opportunities to 
achieve design wins in next generation systems.  In the event that 
competitors succeed in supplanting the Company's products, the Company's 
market share may not be sustainable and net sales, gross margin, and 
earnings would be adversely affected.  Competitors include major domestic 
and international companies, many of which have substantially greater 
financial and other resources than the Company with which to pursue 
engineering, manufacturing, marketing and distribution of their products. 
Emerging companies are also increasing their participation in the market, as 
well as customers who develop their own integrated circuit products. 
Competitors include manufacturers of standard semiconductors, application 
specific integrated circuits and fully customized integrated circuits, 
including both chip and board-level products.  The ability of the Company to 
compete successfully in the rapidly evolving area of high-performance 
integrated circuit technology depends significantly on factors both within 
and outside of its control, including, but not limited to, success in 
designing, manufacturing and marketing new products, wafer supply, 
protection of Company products by effective utilization of intellectual 
property laws, product quality, reliability, ease of use, price, diversity 
of product line, efficiency of production, the pace at which customers 
incorporate the Company's integrated circuits into their products, success 
of the customers' products and general economic conditions.  Also the 
Company's future success depends, in part, upon the continued service of its 
key engineering, marketing, sales, manufacturing, support and executive 
personnel, and on its ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate 
qualified personnel.  The competition for such employees is intense, and the 
loss of the services of one or more of these key personnel could adversely 
affect the Company.  Because of this and other factors, past results may not 
be a useful predictor of future results. See "-- Dependence on PC Market and 
PC Manufacturers." 


Lawsuits

       The Company and a number of current and former officers and directors
are defendents in various lawsuits, including shareholder class actions
pending in federal and state courts and shareholder derivative claims
pending in federal court.  See "Legal Proceedings."

       On December 12, 1996, the Company signed a Memorandum of Settlement
with plaintiffs' counsel in the federal class action lawsuits.  If
approved, the agreement would settle all pending  securities claims against
the Company for an aggregate sum of $31.3 million, exclusive of interest,
$2.3 million of which would be contributed by the  Company with the
remainder being contributed by the Company's insurers.  The Company
recorded the $2.3 million as other expense in the quarter ended December
28, 1996.

      The proposed settlement is expected to include an amendment of the
federal class action filed in 1995 to include claims pending in state court
with the intent that the settlement would have the effect of extinguishing
the state court claims.  The proposed settlement is subject to a number of
contingencies, including court approval.

      Hearings for court approval of the settlement have been scheduled for
June 13 and 19, 1997.  A number of objections to the settlement have been
filed, including by the attorneys who filed the state actions which the
parties seek to extinguish by the settlement. 

      If for any reason the settlement is not approved, or if for any
reason the extinction of the state claims is not approved, the Company
intends to defend itself vigorously.  Based on its assessment of the cases
and the availability of insurance, the Company believes that, even if the
settlement is not approved, the likelihood is remote that the ultimate
resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on its
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  However, there
can  be no certainty or assurance as to the outcome of any litigation
process. 


Intellectual Property Risks 

       The semiconductor industry is characterized by frequent litigation 
regarding patent and other intellectual property rights.  The Company and 
certain of its customers from time to time have been notified that they may 
be infringing certain patents and other intellectual property rights of 
others.  In addition, customers have been named in suits alleging 
infringement of patents by customer products.  Certain components of these 
products have been purchased from the Company and may be subject to 
indemnification provisions made by the Company to its customers.  Although 
licenses are generally offered in situations where the Company or its 
customers are named in suits alleging infringement of patents or other 
intellectual property rights, there can be no assurance that litigation will 
not be commenced in the future regarding patents, mask works, copyrights, 
trademarks, trade secrets, or indemnification liability, or that any 
licenses or other rights can be obtained on acceptable terms.  Because 
successive generations of the Company's products tend to offer an increasing 
number of functions, there is a likelihood that more of these claims will 
occur as the products become more highly integrated.  The Company cannot 
accurately predict the eventual outcome of any suit or other alleged 
infringement of intellectual property.  An unfavorable outcome occurring in 
any such suit could have an adverse effect on the Company's future 
operations and/or liquidity. Furthermore, efforts of defending the Company 
against such lawsuits could divert a significant portion of the Company's 
financial and management resources. 


Managing Change 

       The Company has experienced rapid change involving acquisitions and  
divestitures, changes in the number of employees, growth in the scope and 
geographic area of its operations, and involvement in manufacturing joint 
ventures.  These changes have resulted in new and increased responsibilities 
for management personnel and have placed added pressures on the Company's 
operating and financial systems.  The Company must continue to improve its 
operational, financial and management systems and must continue to
integrate new employees and new operations, such as the Cirent
Semiconductor joint  venture.  If the Company is unable to manage change
effectively or hire or retain qualified personnel, the Company's business
and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. See
"Business -- Employees." 


Foreign Operations; Currency Fluctuations 

       Because many of the Company's subcontractors and several of the 
Company's key customers, which customers collectively account for a 
significant percentage of the Company's revenues, are located in Japan and 
other Asian countries, the Company's business is subject to risks associated 
with many factors beyond its control.  International operations and sales 
may be subject to political and economic risks, including political 
instability, currency controls, exchange rate fluctuations, and changes in 
import/export regulations, tariff and freight rates.  Although the Company  
buys hedging instruments to reduce its exposure to currency exchange rate 
fluctuations, the Company's competitive position can be affected by the 
exchange rate of the U.S. dollar against other currencies, particularly the 
Japanese yen.  In addition, various forms of protectionist trade legislation 
have been proposed in the United States and certain other countries.  Any 
resulting change in current tariff structures or other trade and monetary 
policies could adversely affect the Company's international operations. 
There can be no assurance that the political and economic risks to which the 
Company is subject will not result in customers of the Company defaulting 
on payments due to the Company or in the reduction of potential purchases of 
the Company's products. 


Dependence on Key Personnel 

       The Company's success depends to a significant extent upon the 
continued service of its key engineering, marketing, sales, manufacturing, 
support and executive personnel, and on its ability to continue to attract, 
retain and motivate qualified personnel.  The competition for such employees 
is intense, and the loss of the services of one or more of these key 
personnel could adversely affect the Company.  See "Business -- Employees." 


Limitations on Repurchase of Registrable Notes 

       The Company's ability to repurchase Registrable Notes upon the 
occurrence of a Change in Control is subject to limitations.  There can be 
no assurance that the Company would have the financial resources, or would 
be able to arrange financing, to pay the repurchase price for all the 
Registrable Notes that might be delivered by Holders of Registrable Notes 
seeking to exercise the repurchase right.  Moreover, although under the 
Indenture the Company may elect, subject to satisfaction of certain 
conditions, to pay the repurchase price for the Registrable Notes using 
shares of Common Stock, the terms of the Company's existing revolving credit 
facility prohibit the repurchase of Notes by the Company or its subsidiaries 
in cash or any other form of payment including shares of Common Stock, and 
the Company's ability to purchase Registrable Notes may be limited or 
prohibited by the terms of any future borrowing arrangements, including 
Senior Indebtedness existing at the time of a Change in Control. The 
Company's ability to repurchase Notes with cash may also be limited by the 
terms of its subsidiaries, borrowing arrangements due to dividend 
restrictions.  Any failure by the Company to repurchase the Registrable 
Notes when required following a Change in Control would result in an Event 
of Default under the Indenture whether or not such repurchase is permitted 
by the subordination provisions of the Indenture.  Any such default may, in 
turn, cause a default under Senior Indebtedness of the Company.  Moreover, 
the occurrence of a Change in Control would result in an Event of Default 
under the Company's existing revolving credit facility and may cause an 
event of default under the terms of other Senior Indebtedness of the 
Company.  As a result, in each case, any repurchase of the Registrable Notes 
would, absent a waiver, be prohibited under the subordination provisions of 
the Indenture until the Senior Indebtedness is paid in full.  In addition, 
the Company's repurchase of Registrable Notes as a result of the occurrence 
of a Change in Control may be prohibited or limited by, or create an event 
of default under, the terms of agreements related to borrowings which the 
Company may enter into from time to time, including agreements relating to 
Senior Indebtedness.  See "Description of Registrable Notes -- Repurchase at 
Option of Holders Upon a Change in Control." 


Absence of Public Market for the Registrable Notes 

       The Registrable Notes were issued in December 1996 to a small number 
of institutional buyers.  The Registrable Notes issued in reliance on 144A 
have been designated for trading on the PORTAL Market.  Registrable Notes 
sold pursuant to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a 
part are no longer eligible for trading on the PORTAL Market.  The 
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part is filed 
pursuant to the Registration Agreement, which does not obligate the Company 
to keep the Registration Statement effective after the third anniversary of 
the date when the Registration Statement is declared effective or, if  
earlier, the date when all the Registrable Notes and the Common Stock 
issuable on conversion thereof covered by the Registration Statement have 
been sold pursuant to the Registration Statement or may be resold without 
registration by persons that are not affiliates of the Company pursuant to 
Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.  The Company does not intend to apply 
for listing of the Registrable Notes on any securities exchange or to seek 
approval for quotation through any automated quotation system.  The Initial 
Purchasers have advised the Company that they intend to make a market in the 
Registrable Notes.  The Initial Purchasers are not obligated, however, to 
make a market in the Registrable Notes and any such market making may be 
discontinued at any time in the sole discretion of the Initial Purchasers 
without notice.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the 
development or liquidity of any market for the Registrable Notes. 


Possible Volatility of Registrable Notes and Stock Price 

       The Company anticipates that its quarterly revenues and operating 
results will fluctuate substantially from quarter to quarter as a result of 
a wide variety of factors, many of which are outside of the Company's 
control, including, but not limited to, economic conditions and overall 
market demand in the United States and worldwide, the Company's ability to 
introduce new products and technologies on a timely basis, the ability of 
the Company to utilize fully the capacity of its manufacturing joint 
ventures and the ability of such joint ventures to produce wafers on a 
timely and competitive basis, changes in product mix, pricing decisions, 
fluctuations in manufacturing costs which affect the Company's gross 
margins, declines in market demand for the Company's and its customers'  
products, sales timing, the level of orders which are received and can be 
shipped in a quarter, the cyclical nature of both the semiconductor industry 
and the markets addressed by the Company's products, product obsolescence, 
price erosion, and competitive factors, which may have a significant impact 
on the market price of Registrable Notes and the Common Stock into which 
they are convertible.  The trading price of the Common Stock has been, and 
the trading price of the Registrable Notes and the Common Stock into which 
they are convertible may continue to be, subject to wide fluctuations in 
response to quarter-to-quarter variations in operating results, changes in 
earnings estimates by analysts, announcements concerning new products, 
strategic relationships or technological innovations by the Company or its 
competitors, general conditions in the computer industry and other events or 
facts. In recent years the stock market in general, and the shares of 
technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price 
fluctuations.  This volatility has had a substantial effect on the market 
prices of securities issued by many companies for reasons unrelated to their 
operating performance.  These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect 
the market price of the Registrable Notes and Common Stock. 

<PAGE>


                              USE OF PROCEEDS 

       The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the 
Registrable Notes or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof by 
the Selling Securityholders. 


                       MARKET PRICES AND DIVIDEND POLICY

       The Company's Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market 
under the symbol "CRUS."  The following table shows for the 
periods indicated the high and low sales prices for the Common 
Stock. 
                                                  High          Low 
                                                 ------        ------
Fiscal year ended April 1, 1995                               
     First quarter                               $19.07        $14.00 
     Second quarter                               17.35         12.69 
     Third quarter                                15.57         10.63 
     Fourth quarter                               19.13         11.50 
Fiscal year ended March 30, 1996 
     First quarter                                33.69         17.06 
     Second quarter                               59.63         31.00 
     Third quarter                                55.50         19.75 
     Fourth quarter                               26.38         17.13 
Fiscal year ended March 29, 1997 
     First quarter                                25.13         16.88
     Second quarter                               21.88         13.38
     Third quarter                                24.13         15.75
     Fourth quarter                               17.11         10.77 
Fiscal year ending March 28, 1998 
     First quarter (through June 10, 1997)        13.00          8.50


       At March 29, 1997, there were approximately 2,446 holders of record 
of the Company's Common Stock. 

       The Company has not paid cash dividends on its Common Stock and
presently intends to continue a policy of retaining any earnings for
reinvestment in its business.


                                 CAPITALIZATION

       The following table sets forth the unaudited consolidated
capitalization of the Company as of March 29, 1997.


                                                            March 29, 1997
                                                           (in thousands)
                                                          ------------------
Obligations under equipment loans and capital leases
  (including current portion of $30,999)                      $    92,095

Convertible subordinated notes                                    300,000

Shareholders' equity:
  Convertible preferred stock, no par value;
    5,000,000,000 shares authorized, none issued                        -

  Common stock, no par value, 140,000,000 shares
   authorized, 66,156,000 shares issued and
   outstanding(1)                                                 351,261

  Retained earnings                                                52,936
                                                          ------------------
    Total shareholders' equity                                    404,197
                                                          ------------------

      Total capitalization                                    $   796,292
                                                          ==================

(1)     Does not include (i) 12,387,090 shares of Common Stock issuable upon 
conversion of the Notes; (ii) 15,891,000 shares of Common Stock reserved 
for issuance under the Company's stock option plans, under which options 
to purchase 12,538,000 shares were outstanding as of March 29, 1997, at 
a weighted average exercise price of $17.49 per share, and (iii) 1,610,000
shares reserved for issuance under the Company's 1989 Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan.




                       SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data and ratios)
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Fiscal Year  (1)
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1993        1994        1995        1996        1997
                                                     ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Operations Data:
 Net sales                                             $356,478    $557,299    $889,022  $1,146,945    $917,154
 Cost of sales                                          193,759     298,582     512,509     774,350     598,795
                                                     ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
    Gross profit                                        162,719     258,717     376,513     372,595     318,359
 Operating expenses and gain on sale of assets:
    Research and development                             73,447     126,632     165,622     238,791     230,786
    Selling, general and administrative                  54,924      91,887     126,666     165,267     126,722
    Restructuring costs                                      -           -           -       11,566      20,954
    Gain on sale of assets, net                              -           -           -           -      (18,915)
    Non-recurring costs                                      -           -        3,856       1,195          - 
    Merger costs                                          3,400          -        2,418          -           - 
                                                     ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
 Operating income (loss)                                 30,948      40,198      77,951     (44,224)    (41,188)
 Gain on sale of equity investment                           -       13,682          -           -           - 
 Foreign currency transaction gains                          -           -        4,999          -           - 
 Interest and other income, net                           3,207       4,280       9,129       7,652       9,323
 Interest expense                                        (1,610)     (2,196)     (2,441)     (5,151)    (19,754)
                                                     ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
 Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
   and cumulative effect of accounting change            32,545      55,964      89,638     (41,723)    (51,619)
 Provision (benefit) for income taxes                    12,321      18,146      28,236      (5,540)     (5,463)
                                                     ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
 Income (loss) before effect of accounting change        20,224      37,818      61,402     (36,183)    (46,156)
 Cumulative effect as of March 31, 1993, of change
   in method of accounting for income taxes                  -        7,550          -           -           - 
                                                     ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
 Net income (loss)                                      $20,224     $45,368     $61,402    ($36,183)   ($46,156)
                                                     =========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
 Income (loss) per common and common
   equivalent share before cumulative
   effect of accounting change                            $0.39       $0.67       $0.96      ($0.58)     ($0.71)
 Cumulative effect of accounting change per
   common and common equivalent share                        -         0.13          -           -           - 
                                                     ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
 Net income (loss) per common and common
   equivalent share                                       $0.39       $0.80       $0.96      ($0.58)     ($0.71)
                                                     =========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
 Weighted average common and common
   equivalent shares outstanding                         52,424      56,402      63,680      62,761      65,008

 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)                   12.1x       14.7x       17.3x         N/A         N/A
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 At Fiscal Year End  (1)
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1993        1994        1995        1996        1997
                                                     ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
 Working capital                                        $98,500    $273,527    $251,619    $182,643    $428,670
 Total assets                                           258,292     517,931     673,534     917,577   1,136,821
 Obilgations under equipment loans and
    capital leases, including current portion            27,377      30,152      37,686      98,404      92,096
 Convertible subordinated notes                              -           -           -           -      300,000
 Shareholders' equity                                   143,416     344,315     419,016     428,666     404,197


<FN>

(1) In  April 1992, February 1993, and August 1994, the Company merged with  Acumos Incorporated, Pacific Communication
    Sciences, Inc. and PicoPower Technology, Inc., respectively.  All of the consolidated financial information reflects the
    combined operations of the companies.


(2)      For the purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed
charges, (i) earnings consist of consolidated income (loss) before provision
for income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change plus fixed
charges and (ii) fixed charges consist of interest expense incurred,
including capital leases, amortization of interest costs and the portion of
rental expense under leases deemed by the Company to be representative of
the interest factor.  Earnings were not sufficient to cover fixed charges
for fiscal 1996 and 1997 by approximately $41.7 million and $51.7 million,
respectively.  Fixed charges exclude interest on capitalized leases and the
interest factor associated with operating leases of the Company's MiCRUS
joint venture, estimated at $1.8 million, $8.9 million and $12.3 million 
for fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, which are guaranteed
by the Company or as to which the Company is otherwise liable.  Had such
charges been included, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for fiscal
1995 would have been 13.1x.  In addition, the deficiency of earnings to
cover fixed charges for fiscal 1996 and 1997 would have been $50.6 million
and $63.9 million, respectively.  During the third quarter of fiscal 1997,
the Company's Cirent joint venture entered into leases to finance $253
million of equipment, under which the Company is a co-lessee and guarantor.
On a pro forma basis to include the Cirent leases as if they were
outstanding from the beginning of fiscal 1996 the deficiency of earnings to
cover fixed charges for fiscal 1996 and 1997 would have been approximately
$66.5 million and $79.8 million, respectively.

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                      CONSOLIDATED SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL DATA
                   (Amounts in thousands except per share amounts)
                                    (Unaudited)
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 Fiscal years by quarter
                                                      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   1996                                    1997
                                                      ------------------------------------    ------------------------------------
                                                         1st      2nd     3rd *   4th  **        1st      2nd     3rd +   4th  ++
                                                      -------- -------- -------- --------     -------- -------- -------- --------
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Operating summary:
Net sales                                             $300,269 $317,820 $295,783 $233,073     $214,898 $236,030 $253,309 $212,917
Cost of sales                                          177,689  176,494  197,273  222,894      132,407  145,870  156,613  163,905
Gain (loss) on sale of assets                               -        -        -        -            -    (6,913) (12,009)       7
Restructuring costs                                         -        -        -    11,566           -        -        -    20,954
Non-recurring costs                                         -        -     1,195       -            -        -        -        - 
Operating income (loss)                                 30,566   48,421   (5,818)(117,393)      (9,295)   7,690   17,360  (56,943)
Income (loss) before
 income taxes                                           33,192   48,228   (5,257)(117,886)     (10,636)   4,194   14,419  (59,596)
Net income (loss)                                      $22,737  $33,037  ($3,601)($88,356)     ($7,605)  $2,998  $10,310 ($51,859)

Net income (loss) per
 common and common
 equivalent share                                        $0.34    $0.47   ($0.06)  ($1.38)      ($0.12)   $0.05    $0.16   ($0.79)
Weighted average common
 and common equivalent
 shares outstanding                                     67,775   70,997   63,273   63,813       64,159   64,776   66,460   65,917


<FN>

*  In the third quarter of fiscal 1996, cost of sales increased as a result of a charge of approximately $33 million for inventory
   written down for lower-than-anticipated shipments of and demand for graphics, core logic and other products and a $5 million
   charge for anticipated payments for underutilization of capacity at its MiCRUS joint venture.

**  In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996, cost of sales increased as a result of chargs for general market conditions and the
    transition to new product releases.  Also, there is a restructuring charge related to the streamlining of operations.

+   In the third quarter of fiscal 1997, other expenses increased as a result of a charge of approximately $2.3 million for the
    settlement of pending security claims against the Company.

++  The fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 includes $34.5 million that was charged to cost of sales for under use of wafer
    fabrication capacity and inventory write-downs, and $21.0 million related to a workforce reduction, excess assets
    and excess facilities commitments.

</TABLE>


                  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF 
               FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 


     Except for historical information contained herein, this Discussion and 
Analysis contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. 
When used in this Discussion and Analysis, the words "believes," "intends,"
"anticipates" and similar expressions are intended to identify
forward-looking statements.  The forward-looking statements contained
herein are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including those
discussed below and in "Risk Factors" and in "Business," that could cause
actual results to differ materially from those projected.  Readers are
cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements,
which reflect management's analysis only as of the date hereof.  The
Company undertakes no obligation to publicly release the results of any
revision to these forward-looking statements, which may be made to reflect
events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence
of unanticipated events. 


Overview 

     During fiscal 1997, the Company implemented a strategy of focusing on 
the markets for multimedia (graphics, video, and audio), mass storage, and 
communications.  As part of this strategy, the Company has been divesting 
non-core business units and eliminating projects that do not fit within its 
core markets.  At the same time, the Company implemented a program to manage 
costs and streamline operations.  These efforts culminated in the fourth 
quarter of fiscal 1997 with a reorganization into four market-focused 
product divisions (Personal Computer Products, Communications Products, Mass 
Storage Products, and Crystal Semiconductor Products), and a decision to 
outsource its production testing and to consolidate certain corporate 
functions.  In connection with these actions, the Company effected a 
workforce reduction of approximately 400 people in April 1997, representing 
approximately 15 percent of its worldwide staff.  Although the Company 
expects to realize the immediate benefit of a reduced cost structure and 
anticipates other benefits from the reorganization into market focused 
divisions, there is no assurance that the Company will regain the levels of 
profitably that it has achieved in the past or that losses will not occur in 
the future. 

     The results of operations for the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 were 
materially impacted by charges relating to the reorganization, the planned 
outsourcing of production testing, the consolidation of certain corporate 
functions, and other related factors.  The results of operations for the 
fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 include a restructuring charge of $21.0 
million, the majority of which is attributable to the workforce reduction, 
the write-off of excess assets, and accruals for excess facilities.  In 
addition, the results of operations also include charges totaling 
approximately $34.5 million which are included in cost of sales, and are 
related to anticipated under utilization of wafer fabrication capacity and 
some inventory write-downs. 


Net Sales 

     Net sales for fiscal 1997 were $917.2 million, a decrease of 20% from 
the $1,146.9 million for fiscal 1996.  During fiscal 1997, the Company 
divested non-core business units and eliminated products that did not fit 
its core markets.  Net sales from the core businesses in fiscal 1997 were 
approximately $840.5 million compared to $949.3 million in fiscal 1996.  Net 
sales for fiscal 1996 increased 29% over the $889.0 million for fiscal 1995. 

     Sales of graphics, audio, and mass storage products decreased in fiscal 
1997 over fiscal 1996.  Sales of fax/modem products increased in fiscal 1997 
over fiscal 1996.  The decline in net sales of graphics and audio products 
in fiscal 1997 was the result of decreasing unit sales and declining average 
selling prices.  The decline in net sales of mass storage products was the 
result of reduced sales of controller products offset somewhat by an 
increase in sales of read-channel products.  The increase in net sales of 
fax/modem products was primarily the result of increased sales of newer 
high-speed modem products, particularly in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 
over the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996. 

     The net sales increase in fiscal 1996 compared to fiscal 1995 was the 
result of growth in sales during the first three quarters of fiscal 1996 
offset somewhat by a decline during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996.  
Sales of mass storage and wireless communication products increased in each 
of the first three quarters of fiscal 1996 but declined in the fourth 
quarter of fiscal 1996 against the third quarter of fiscal 1996.   Net sales 
of graphics and audio products for the first three quarters of fiscal 1996 
increased over the comparable period of fiscal 1995, but declined in the 
third and fourth quarters of fiscal 1996 against the second quarter of 
fiscal 1996.  Net sales of graphics and wireless communication products 
declined in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996 over the fourth quarter of 
fiscal 1995. 

     Export sales, principally to Asia, include sales to overseas operations 
of domestic corporations and were approximately $568 million in fiscal 1997 
compared to approximately $647 million in fiscal 1996 and approximately $497 
million in fiscal 1995.  Export sales to the Pacific Rim were 32% and 34% of 
net sales; to Japan were 22% and 17% of net sales; and to Europe and the 
rest of the world were 7% and 6% of net sales, in fiscal 1997 and 1996, 
respectively. 

      In fiscal 1997, net sales to Compaq Computer Corporation were 
approximately 10% of net sales.  In fiscal 1996 and 1995, no single customer 
accounted for 10% or more of net sales. 


Gross Margin 

     The gross margin percentage was 34.7% in fiscal 1997, compared to 32.5% 
and 42.4% in fiscal 1996 and 1995, respectively. 

     The gross margin in fiscal 1997 was adversely impacted by $34.5 million 
of charges that were recorded in the fourth quarter related to anticipated 
under-use of wafer fabrication capacity of $22.0 million and inventory 
write-downs of $12.5 million.  The gross margin in fiscal 1996 was adversely 
impacted by $70.8 million of fourth quarter charges related to inventory 
write-downs, under use of capacity, and manufacturing variances.  Exclusive 
of these charges, the gross margin percentage was 38.5% and 38.7% in fiscal 
1997 and fiscal 1996, respectively.  While these gross margins were 
relatively flat, they reflect reduced unit costs resulting from the 
migration to larger wafers and more efficient processing technologies, 
improved efficiencies at the Company's MiCRUS facility, and a decrease in 
the cost of wafers and assembly services purchased from third-party 
suppliers, all of which were offset by the impact of decreased average 
selling prices for most of the Company's major products. 

     During fiscal 1996, the gross margin percentage declined from 40.8% in 
the first quarter to a low of 4.4% in the fourth fiscal quarter.  The gross 
margin percentage decreased as a result of charges for inventory written 
down for lower-than-anticipated shipments of and demand for graphics, audio, 
core logic and other products and charges for underutilization of capacity 
at the MiCRUS joint venture.  The decline in the gross-margin percentage was 
also the result of higher wafer costs caused by an increase in wafer prices 
for merchant wafers, an insufficient supply of 0.6-micron wafers, which made 
necessary the use of less-cost-effective 0.8-micron wafers to meet expanded 
unit shipments, expediting expenses related to premiums paid to suppliers to 
increase production of the Company's products, lower yields on new products 
ramping into production, and lower selling prices on certain graphics, 
audio, and fax/modem products. 

     During fiscal 1995, the gross margin percentage declined from a high of 
47.8% in the first fiscal quarter to a low of 39.1% in the fourth fiscal 
quarter.  


Research and Development Expenses 

     Research and development expenses expressed as a percentage of net 
sales were 25.2%, 20.8%, and 18.6% in fiscal 1997, 1996, and 1995, 
respectively.  During the last two quarters of fiscal 1997, the absolute 
amount of expense decreased compared to the comparable quarters in fiscal 
1996.  This decrease was primarily the result of reduced spending in areas 
other than those considered part of the Company's core business 
opportunities including the impact of divestitures during the year.  The 
Company expects the absolute amount of research and development expense will 
decrease in fiscal 1998 primarily as a result of the Company's business 
divestitures and its fourth quarter decision to undertake a reorganization, 
consolidation efforts, and a reduction in workforce. 


Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 

     Selling, general, and administrative expenses expressed as a percentage 
of net sales represented approximately 13.8%, 14.4%, and 14.2% in fiscal 
1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively.  The dollar amount of such expenses in 
fiscal 1997 decreased primarily as a result of reductions in compensation 
expenses, marketing expenses for promotions and advertising, and 
administrative expenses, including the impact of divestitures.  The absolute 
spending increase in fiscal 1996 over fiscal 1995 reflected increased direct 
expenses for the expanded sales force, increased marketing expenses for 
promotions and advertising, and increased administrative and legal expenses. 
The Company expects the absolute amount of selling, general and 
administrative expense to decrease in fiscal 1998 primarily as a result of 
the Company's business divestitures and its fourth quarter decision to 
undertake a reorganization, consolidation efforts, and a reduction in 
workforce. 


Gain on Sale of Assets 

     During the second quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company completed the 
sale of the PicoPower product line to National Semiconductor, Inc.  The 
Company received approximately $17.6 million in cash for the PicoPower 
product line.  In connection with the transaction, the Company recorded a 
gain of approximately $6.9 million. 

     During the third quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company completed the sale 
to ADC Telecommunications Inc. of the PCSI product group that produced CDPD 
(Cellular Digital Packet Data) base station equipment for wireless service 
providers, and developed pACT (personal Air Communications Technology) base 
stations for AT&T Wireless Services Inc.  The Company received approximately 
$20.8 million in cash for the group.  In connection with the transaction, 
the Company recorded a gain of approximately $12.0 million. 

     During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company completed the 
sale of the assets of PCSI's Wireless Semiconductor Products to Rockwell 
International for $18.1 million in cash and made the decision to shut down 
PCSI's Subscriber Product Group.  PCSI's Wireless Semiconductor Product 
Group provided digital cordless chip solutions for PHS (Personal Handyphone 
System) and DECT (Digital European Cordless Telecommunications) as well two-
way messaging chip solutions for pACT (personal Air Communications 
Technology).  In connection with the sale of the Wireless Semiconductor 
Product Group and the shut-down of the Subscriber Group, the Company 
recorded a net gain of $0.3 million in the fourth quarter. 


Restructuring Costs 

     Restructuring charges in fiscal 1997 of $21.0 million included $5.1 
million related to workforce reductions and $15.9 million primarily related 
to excess assets and facilities.  The implementation of this plan commenced 
during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 and will require a total cash 
outlay of approximately $10.7 million, the majority of which is expected to 
be paid in fiscal 1998. 

     In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996, as a result of decreased demand 
for the Company's products for use in personal computers, which accounts for 
more than 80% of the Company's revenue, management reviewed the various 
operating areas of the business and took certain steps to bring operating 
expenses and capacity in line with demand.  These actions resulted in a pre-
tax restructuring charge of approximately $11.6 million. The principal 
actions in the restructuring involved the consolidation of support 
infrastructure and the withdrawal from an unprofitable product line and 
reduction of planned production capacity.  This resulted in the elimination 
of approximately 320 positions from the manufacturing, research and 
development, sales and marketing, and administrative departments. 

     The major components of the restructuring charges were $7.6 million  
related to workforce reductions and $4.0 million of capacity scaleback and 
other costs.  The implementation of this plan commenced during the fourth 
quarter of fiscal 1996.  Approximately $8.6 million of cash outlays occurred 
in fiscal 1997.  The balance of approximately $3.0 million, related 
primarily to facilities lease payments, will occur in fiscal 1998. 


Non-recurring and Merger Costs 

     In the third quarter of fiscal 1996, non-recurring costs were 
approximately $1.2 million associated with the formation of the Cirent 
Semiconductor joint venture with Lucent Technologies (formerly AT&T 
Microelectronics). 

     In the second quarter of fiscal 1995, non-recurring and merger costs 
were approximately $6.3 million.  Non-recurring costs of $3.9 million were 
primarily associated with the acquisition of technology and marketing rights 
and the remaining minority interest in a subsidiary, and the formation of 
the MiCRUS joint venture with IBM.  Merger costs of approximately $2.4 
million for the August 1994 combination of Cirrus Logic and PicoPower 
included one-time costs for charges related to the combination of the two 
companies, financial advisory services, and legal and accounting fees. 


Interest Expense 

     Interest expense was $19.8 million, $5.2 million and $2.4 million in 
fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  The increase in interest expense 
was primarily the result of the issuance of convertible subordinated notes 
in the third quarter of fiscal 1997 and increased borrowings on short-term 
and long-term debt during fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1996. 


Interest Income and Other, Net 

     Interest income and other, net in fiscal 1997 was $9.3 million compared 
to $7.7 million in fiscal 1996 and $9.1 million in fiscal 1995.  Interest 
income increased in fiscal 1997 over fiscal 1996 as a result of an increase 
in the amount of short-term investments.  The decrease in fiscal 1996 over 
fiscal 1995 was primarily the result of a decrease in the amount of short-
term investments. 


Foreign Currency Transaction Gains 

     Sales of the Company's products are denominated primarily in U.S. 
dollars.  Accordingly, any increase in the value of the U.S. Dollar as 
compared to currencies in the Company's principal overseas markets would 
increase the local currency cost of the Company's products, which may 
negatively affect sales in those markets.  In addition, certain Japanese Yen 
denominated intercompany receivables and yen denominated cash accounts are 
subject to remeasurement into U.S. dollars.  This remeasurement resulted in 
a foreign currency gain of approximately $5.0 million in fiscal 1995.  
Subsequent to fiscal 1995, the Company has hedged its exposure to the 
Japanese Yen denominated assets through the use of foreign currency forward 
and option contracts.  Under this strategy, gains or losses on hedging 
transactions are offset by gains or losses on the underlying foreign 
currency assets or liabilities being hedged.  Transaction gains and losses 
were not material in fiscal 1997 and 1996.  The Company does not enter into 
derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. 


Income Taxes 

     The benefit for income taxes was 10.6% in fiscal 1997 compared to a 
benefit for income taxes of 13.3% in fiscal 1996 and a provision for income 
taxes of 31.5% in fiscal 1995.  The fiscal 1997 and 1996 rates are different 
from the fiscal 1995 rate and from the U.S. statutory rate primarily because 
of foreign operating results which are taxed at rates other than the U.S. 
statutory rate.  The fiscal 1995 31.5% effective tax rate is less than the 
U.S. statutory rate primarily because of the research and development tax 
credit and certain foreign earnings taxed at lower rates. 


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

     During the third quarter of fiscal 1997, a $244 million lease package 
was completed, with Cirrus Logic as guarantor, to finance the advanced fab 
equipment for the Cirent Semiconductor manufacturing joint venture.  During 
the same quarter, the Company completed an offering of $300 million of 
convertible subordinated notes.  The notes bear interest at six percent, 
mature in December 2003, and are convertible into shares of the Company's 
common stock at $24.219 per share. 

     During fiscal 1997, the Company generated $2.6 million of cash and cash 
equivalents from its operating activities as compared to $7.7 million during 
fiscal 1996 and $65.1 million in fiscal 1995.  The fiscal 1997 decrease from 
fiscal 1996 was primarily caused by the increase in the net loss from 
operations, offset somewhat by the non-cash effect of depreciation and 
amortization and the net change in operating assets and liabilities.  The 
fiscal 1996 decrease from fiscal 1995 was primarily caused by the loss from 
operations and the net change in operating assets and liabilities offset 
somewhat by the non-cash effect of depreciation and amortization. 

     The Company used $221.0 million in cash in investing activities during 
fiscal 1997, $104.9 million during fiscal 1996 and $201.8 million during 
fiscal 1995.   The Company had a decrease in proceeds from short-term 
investments and increased short-term investment purchases in fiscal 1997 
over fiscal 1996.  The cash used in fiscal 1997 was reduced somewhat by a 
decrease in additions to property and equipment and the proceeds from sale 
of assets.  The decrease in investing activities during fiscal 1996 compared 
to fiscal 1995 was primarily the result of liquidating investments during 
fiscal 1996. 

     Net cash provided by financing activities was $214.0 million, $186.4 
million and $9.6 million in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  
During fiscal 1997, proceeds from the issuance of $300 million of 
convertible subordinated notes provided the largest increase in resources 
offset by repayment of short-term bank debt.  During fiscal 1996, increased 
borrowings on short-term and long-term debt and to a lesser extent, issuance 
of common stock under stock plans provided the largest increase over fiscal 
1995. 

     The semiconductor industry is extremely capital intensive.  To remain 
competitive, the Company believes it must continue to invest in advanced 
wafer manufacturing and in test equipment.  Investments will continue to be 
made in the various external manufacturing arrangements and its own 
facilities.  The Company intends to obtain most of the necessary capital 
through direct or guaranteed equipment lease financing and the balance 
through debt and/or equity financing, and cash generated from operations.  
As of March 29, 1997, the Company is contingently liable as guarantor or co-
guarantor for MiCRUS and Cirent equipment leases which have remaining 
payments of approximately $526.0 million due through 2004.  In addition, the 
Company has other commitments related to its joint venture relationships 
that total approximately $118.0 million at March 29, 1997. 

     As of March 29, 1997, the Company has a commitment for a bank line of 
credit for borrowings up to a maximum of $150 million, expiring on October 
31, 1999, at the banks' prime rate plus one-half percent.  As of March 29, 
1997, no borrowings were outstanding under the line.  Borrowings are secured 
by cash, accounts receivable, inventory, intellectual property, and stock in 
the Company's subsidiaries.  Use of the line is limited to the borrowing 
base as defined by accounts receivable.  Terms of the agreement include 
satisfaction of certain financial ratios, minimum tangible net worth, cash 
flow, and leverage requirements as well as a prohibition against the payment 
of a cash dividend without prior bank approval.  The Company was not in 
compliance with certain financial ratios and the profitability covenant as 
of March 29, 1997.  The Company expects to amend or replace the existing 
line of credit facility in fiscal 1998. 

     Management continues to evaluate other possibilities for additional
financing.  There is no assurance that financing will be available or, if
available, will be on satisfactory terms.  Failure to obtain adequate
financing would restrict the Company's ability to expand its manufacturing
infrastructure, to make other investments in capital equipment, and to
pursue other initiatives.


Future Operating Results 

Quarterly Fluctuations 

     The Company's quarterly revenues and operating results have varied 
significantly in the past and are likely to vary substantially from quarter 
to quarter in the future.  The Company's operating results are affected by a 
wide variety of factors, many of which are outside of the Company's control, 
including but not limited to, economic conditions and overall market demand 
in the United States and worldwide, the Company's ability to introduce new 
products and technologies on a timely basis, changes in product mix, 
fluctuations in manufacturing costs which affect the Company's gross 
margins, declines in market demand for the Company's and its customers' 
products, sales timing, the level of orders that are received and can be 
shipped in a quarter, the cyclical nature of both the semiconductor industry 
and the markets addressed by the Company's products, product obsolescence, 
price erosion, and competitive factors.  The Company's operating results in 
1998 are likely to be affected by these factors as well as others. 

     The Company must order wafers and build inventory well in advance of 
product shipments.  Because the Company's markets are volatile and subject 
to rapid technology and price changes, there is a risk that the Company will 
forecast inaccurately and produce excess or insufficient inventories of 
particular products.  This inventory risk is heightened because many of the 
Company's customers place orders with short lead times.  Such inventory 
imbalances have occurred in the past and in fact contributed significantly 
to the Company's operating losses in fiscal 1997 and 1996.  These factors 
increase not only the inventory risk but also the difficulty of forecasting 
quarterly operating results.  Moreover, as is common in the semiconductor 
industry, the Company frequently ships more product in the third month of 
each quarter than in either of the first two months of the quarter, and 
shipments in the third month are higher at the end of that month.  The 
concentration of sales in the last month of the quarter contributes to 
difficulty in predicting the Company's quarterly revenues and results of 
operations. 

     The Company's success is highly dependent upon its ability to develop 
complex new products, to introduce them to the marketplace ahead of the 
competition, and to have them selected for design into products of leading 
system manufacturers.  Both revenues and margins may be affected quickly if 
new product introductions are delayed or if the Company's products are not 
designed into successive generations of products of the Company's customers. 
These factors have become increasingly important to the Company's results of 
operations because the rate of change in the markets served by the Company 
continues to accelerate. 


Issues Relating to Manufacturing and Manufacturing Investment 

     During fiscal 1997, manufacturing capacity exceeded demand for certain 
of the Company's products and the Company believes that its manufacturing 
capacity will exceed demand at least through the second quarter of fiscal 
1998.  As a consequence, the Company incurred charges related to its MiCRUS 
joint venture for failing to purchase sufficient wafers and recorded a 
fourth quarter accrual for anticipated under-use of wafer fabrication 
capacity, negatively impacting gross margins. 

     Although the Company believes that its efforts to increase its source 
of wafer supply through joint ventures (MiCRUS with IBM and Cirent 
Semiconductor with Lucent Technologies) and other arrangements have 
significant potential benefits to the Company, there are also risks, some of 
which materialized in the third and fourth quarter of fiscal 1996 and the 
second and fourth quarters of fiscal 1997.   These arrangements reduce the 
Company's flexibility to reduce the amount of wafers it is committed to 
purchase and increase the Company's fixed manufacturing costs as a 
percentage of overall costs of sales.  As a result, the operating results of 
the Company are becoming more sensitive to fluctuations in revenues.  In the 
case of the Company's joint ventures, under use of wafer fabrication 
capacity is charged to the Company in proportion to its capacity 
commitments, which adversely affects gross margins and earnings.  During the 
fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company accrued $22.0 million for 
anticipated under use of wafer fabrication capacity.  In the case of the 
Company's "take or pay" contracts with foundries, the Company must pay 
contractual penalties if it fails to purchase its minimum commitments. 

     Moreover, the Company will benefit from the MiCRUS and Cirent 
Semiconductor joint ventures only if they are able to produce wafers at or 
below prices generally prevalent in the market.  If, however, either of 
these ventures is not able to produce wafers at competitive prices, the 
Company's results of operations could be materially adversely affected.  The 
process of beginning production and increasing volume with the joint 
ventures inevitably involves risks, and there can be no assurance that the 
manufacturing costs of such ventures will be competitive.  During fiscal 
1997, excess production capacity in the industry lead to significant price 
competition between foundries and the Company believes that in some cases 
this resulted in pricing from certain foundries that was lower than the 
Company's cost of production from its manufacturing joint ventures.  The 
Company experienced pressures on its selling prices during fiscal 1997, 
which had a negative impact on its results of operations and it believes 
that this was partially due to the fact that certain of its competitors were 
able to obtain favorable pricing from these foundries. 

     Certain provisions of the MiCRUS and Cirent Semiconductor agreements 
may cause the termination of the joint venture in the event of a change in 
control of the Company.  Such provisions could have the effect of delaying, 
deferring, or preventing a change of control of the Company. 

     In connection with the financing of its operations, the Company has 
borrowed money and entered into substantial equipment lease obligations and 
is likely to expand such commitments in the future.  Such indebtedness could 
cause the Company's principal and interest obligations to increase 
substantially.  The degree to which the Company is leveraged could adversely 
affect the Company's ability to obtain additional financing for working 
capital, acquisitions, or other purposes and could make it more vulnerable 
to industry downturns and competitive pressures.  The Company's ability to 
meet its debt service and other obligations will be dependent upon the 
Company's future performance, which will be subject to financial, business, 
and other factors affecting the operations of the Company, many of which are 
beyond its control.  An inability to obtain financing to meet these 
obligations could cause the Company to become in default of such 
obligations. 

     Although the Company has increased its future wafer supplies from the 
MiCRUS and Cirent Semiconductor joint ventures, the Company expects to 
continue to purchase portions of its wafers from, and to be reliant upon, 
outside merchant wafer suppliers for at least the next two years.  The 
Company also uses other outside vendors to package the wafer die into 
integrated circuits and will begin using outside vendors for certain 
production testing beginning in fiscal 1998. 

     The Company's results of operations could be adversely affected in the 
future, and has been in the past, if particular suppliers are unable to 
provide a sufficient and timely supply of product, whether because of raw 
material shortages, capacity constraints, unexpected disruptions at the 
plants, delays in qualifying new suppliers or other reasons, or if the 
Company is forced to purchase wafers or packaging from higher cost suppliers 
or to pay expediting charges to obtain additional supply, or if the 
Company's test facilities are disrupted for an extended period of time.  
Because of the concentration of sales at the end of each quarter, a 
disruption in the Company's production or shipping near the end of a quarter 
could materially reduce the Company's revenues for that quarter.  Production 
may be constrained even though capacity is available at one or more wafer 
manufacturing facilities because of the difficulty of moving production from 
one facility to another.  Any supply shortage could adversely affect sales 
and operating profits. 

     As the Company's products increase in complexity and integrate an 
increasing number of functions on one semiconductor device, there is also an 
increased risk that latent defects or subtle faults could be discovered by 
customers or end users after volumes of product have been shipped.  If such 
defects were significant, the Company could incur material recall and 
replacement costs for product warranty. 


Dependence on PC Market 

     Sales of most of the Company's products depend largely on sales of 
personal computers (PCs).  Reduced growth in the PC market could affect the 
financial health of the Company as well as its customers.  Moreover, as a 
component supplier to PC OEMs and to peripheral device manufacturers, the 
Company is likely to experience a greater magnitude of fluctuations in 
demand than the Company's customers themselves experience.  In addition, 
many of the Company's products are used in PCs for the consumer market, and 
the consumer PC market is more volatile than other segments of the PC 
market. 

     Other integrated circuit (IC) makers, including Intel Corporation, have 
expressed their interest in integrating through hardware functions, adding 
through special software functions, or kitting components to provide some 
multimedia or communications features into or with their microprocessor 
products.  Successful integration of these functions could substantially 
reduce the Company's opportunities for IC sales in these areas. 

     A number of PC OEMs buy products directly from the Company and also buy 
motherboards, add-in boards or modules from suppliers who in turn buy 
products from the Company.  Accordingly, a significant portion of the 
Company's sales may depend directly or indirectly on the sales to a 
particular PC OEM.  Since the Company cannot track sales by motherboard, 
add-in board or module manufacturers, the Company may not be fully informed 
as to the extent or even the fact of its indirect dependence on any 
particular PC OEM, and, therefore, may be unable to assess the risk of such 
indirect dependence. 

     The PC market is intensely price competitive.  The PC manufacturers, in 
turn, put pressure on the price of all PC components, and this pricing 
pressure is expected to continue. 


Issues Relating to Display Graphics Products 

     The PC graphics market today consists primarily of two-dimensional 
(2D) graphics accelerators and 2D graphics accelerators with video features. 
Market demand for three-dimensional (3D) graphics acceleration began to grow 
in the third quarter of fiscal 1997 and is expected to grow stronger in 
fiscal 1998, primarily in PC products for the consumer marketplace.  Several 
of the Company's competitors design, produce and market 3D accelerators. 

     The Company continues to experience intense competition in the sale of 
both 2D and 3D graphics products.  Several competitors introduced products 
and adopted pricing strategies that have increased competition in the 
desktop graphics market, and new competitors continue to enter the market.  
These competitive factors affected the Company's market share, gross 
margins, and earnings in fiscal 1997 and are likely to affect revenues and 
gross margins for graphics accelerator products in the future. 

     During the second quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company introduced and 
began shipping its first Rambus DRAM-based 3D accelerator for the mainstream 
PC market.  Sales of the Company's 3D accelerator products were not material 
in fiscal 1997.  The Company is striving to bring additional products with 
3D acceleration to market, but there is no assurance that it will succeed in 
doing so in a timely manner.  If these additional products are not brought 
to market in a timely manner or do not address the market needs or cost or 
performance requirements, then the Company's graphics market share and sales 
could be adversely affected.  Revenues from the sale of graphics products in 
fiscal 1998 are also likely to be significantly dependent on the success of 
the Company's current DRAM-based 2D graphics/video accelerators. 


Issues Relating to Multimedia Audio Products 

     Most of the Company's revenues in the multimedia audio market derive 
from the sales of 16-bit audio codecs and integrated 16-bit codec-plus-
controller solutions for the consumer PC market.  Pricing pressures have 
forced a transition from multi-chip solutions to products that integrate the 
codec, controller, and synthesis functions into a single IC.  The Company's 
revenues from the sale of audio products in fiscal 1998 are likely to be 
significantly affected by the success of its recently introduced fully-
integrated, single-chip audio ICs.  Moreover, aggressive competitive pricing 
pressures have adversely affected and may continue to adversely affect the 
Company's revenues and gross margins from the sale of single-chip audio ICs. 
In addition, the introduction of new audio products from the Company's 
competitors, the introduction of mediaprocessors and the introduction of MMX 
processors with multimedia features by Intel Corporation could adversely 
affect revenues and gross margins from the sale of the Company's audio 
products. 

     Three-dimensional, spatial-effects audio is expected to become an 
important feature in fiscal 1998, primarily in products for the consumer 
marketplace.  The Company has begun shipping such products.  If the 
Company's spatial-effects audio products do not meet the cost or performance 
requirements of the market, revenues from the sale of audio products could 
be adversely affected. 


Issues Relating to Mass Storage Market 

     The disk drive market has historically been characterized by a 
relatively small number of disk drive manufacturers and by periods of rapid 
growth followed by periods of oversupply and contraction.  Growth in the 
mass storage market is directly affected by growth in the PC market.  
Furthermore, the price competitive nature of the disk drive industry 
continues to put pressure on the price of all disk drive components.  In 
addition, consolidation in the disk drive industry has reduced the number of 
customers for the Company's mass storage products and increased the risk of 
large fluctuations in demand. 

     The Company believes that constraints in supply of certain read head 
components to the disk drive industry limited sales of its mass storage 
products in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997.  In addition, the Company 
believes that excess inventories held by its customers limited sales of the 
Company's mass storage products in the second quarter of fiscal 1997 and 
limited sales of the Company's optical disk drive products in the third 
quarter of fiscal 1997.  Revenues from mass storage products in fiscal 1998 
are likely to depend heavily on the success of certain 3.5 inch disk drive 
products selected for use by various customers, which in turn depends upon 
obtaining timely customer qualification of the new products and bringing the 
products into volume production timely and cost effectively. 

     The Company's revenues from mass storage products are dependent on the 
successful introduction by its customers of new disk drive products.  Recent 
efforts by certain of the Company's customers to develop their own ICs for 
mass storage products could in the future reduce demand for the Company's 
mass storage products, which could have an adverse effect on the Company's 
revenues and gross margins from such products.  In addition, in response to 
the current market trend towards integrating hard disk controllers with 
microcontrollers, the Company's revenues and gross margins from its mass 
storage products will be dependent on the Company's ability to introduce 
such integrated products in a commercially competitive manner. 


Issues Relating to Communications Market 

     Most of the Company's revenues from communications products are 
expected to derive from sales of voice/data/fax modem chip sets.  The market 
for these products is intensely competitive, and competitive pricing 
pressures have affected and are likely to continue to affect the average 
selling prices and gross margins from this product line.  The success of the 
Company's products will depend not only on the products themselves but also 
on the degree and timing of market acceptance of new performance levels 
developed by U.S. Robotics, which will be supported by the Company's new 
products, and the development of standards with regard to these new 
performance levels.  Moreover, as a relatively new entrant to this market, 
the Company may be at a competitive disadvantage to suppliers who have long-
term customer relationships, have greater market share, or have greater 
financial resources.  In addition, the introduction of new modem products 
from the Company's competitors, the introduction of mediaprocessors, and the 
introduction of MMX processors with multimedia features by Intel Corporation 
could adversely affect revenues and gross margins from the sale of the 
Company's modem products. 


Issues Related to Reorganization 

     During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company decided to 
reorganize into four market focused divisions (Personal Computer Products, 
Communications Products, Mass Storage Products, and Crystal Semiconductor 
Products), outsource its production testing, and consolidate certain 
corporate functions.  In connection with these actions, the Company 
effected  a workforce reduction of approximately 400 people, representing 
approximately 15% of the worldwide staff.  There is no assurance that these 
actions will be successful or have a positive impact on results of 
operations.  Furthermore, should such actions have a negative impact on the 
Company's ability to design and develop new products, market new or existing 
products, or produce and/or purchase products at competitive prices, these 
actions could have an adverse impact on the Company's results of 
operations. 


Intellectual Property Matters 

     The semiconductor industry is characterized by frequent litigation 
regarding patent and other intellectual property rights.  The Company and 
certain of its customers from time to time have been notified that they may 
be infringing certain patents and other intellectual property rights of 
others.   In addition, customers have been named in suits alleging 
infringement of patents or other intellectual property rights by customer 
products.  Certain components of these products have been purchased from the 
Company and may be subject to indemnification provisions made by the Company 
to its customers.   Although licenses are generally offered in situations 
where the Company or its customers are named in suits alleging infringement 
of patents or other intellectual property rights, there can be no assurance 
that any licenses or other rights can be obtained on acceptable terms.  
Because successive generations of the Company's products tend to offer an 
increasing number of functions, there is a likelihood that more of these 
claims will occur as the products become more highly integrated.  The 
Company cannot accurately predict the eventual outcome of any suit or other 
alleged infringement of intellectual property.  An unfavorable outcome 
occurring in any such suit could have an adverse effect on the Company's 
future operations and/or liquidity. 


Foreign Operations; Currency Fluctuations

     Because many of the Company's subcontractors and several of the 
Company's key customers, such customers collectively accounting for a 
significant percentage of the Company's revenues, are located in Japan and 
other Asian countries, the Company's business is subject to risks associated 
with many factors beyond its control.  International operations and sales 
may be subject to political and economic risks, including political 
instability, currency controls, exchange rate fluctuations, and changes in 
import/export regulations, tariff and freight rates.  Although the Company 
buys hedging instruments to reduce its exposure to currency exchange rate 
fluctuations, the Company's competitive position can be affected by the 
exchange rate of the U.S. dollar against other currencies, particularly the 
Japanese yen. 


Competition 

     The Company's business is intensely competitive and is characterized by 
new product cycles, price erosion, and rapid technological change.  
Competition typically occurs at the design stage, where the customer 
evaluates alternative design approaches that require integrated circuits. 
Because of shortened product life cycles and even shorter design-in cycles, 
the Company's competitors have increasingly frequent opportunities to 
achieve design wins in next generation systems.  In the event that 
competitors succeed in supplanting the Company's products, the Company's 
market share may not be sustainable and net sales, gross margin, and 
results of operations would be adversely affected.  Competitors include 
major domestic and international companies, many of which have substantially 
greater financial and other resources than the Company with which to pursue 
engineering, manufacturing, marketing and distribution of their products.  
Emerging companies are also increasing their participation in the market, as 
well as customers who develop their own integrated circuit products.  
Competitors include manufacturers of standard semiconductors, application-
specific integrated circuits and fully customized integrated circuits, 
including both chip and board-level products.  In addition, the integration 
of additional functions onto individual devices is expected to result in a 
convergence of existing markets and increase the number of competitors faced 
by the Company.  The ability of the Company to compete successfully in the 
rapidly evolving area of high-performance integrated circuit technology 
depends significantly on factors both within and outside of its control, 
including, but not limited to, success in designing, manufacturing and 
marketing new products, wafer supply, protection of Company products by 
effective utilization of intellectual property laws, product quality, 
reliability, ease of use, price, diversity of product line, efficiency of 
production, the pace at which customers incorporate the Company's integrated 
circuits into their products, success of the customers' products, and 
general economic conditions.  Also the Company's future success depends, in 
part, upon the continued service of its key engineering, marketing, sales, 
manufacturing, support, and executive personnel, and on its ability to 
continue to attract, retain, and motivate qualified personnel.  The 
competition for such employees is intense, and the loss of the services of 
one or more of these key personnel could adversely affect the Company.  
Because of this and other factors, past results may not be a useful 
predictor of future results. 


<PAGE>

                               BUSINESS

       This Prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements within
the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the
Exchange Act.  When used in this Prospectus, the words "believes,"
"intends," "anticipates" and similar expressions are intended to identify
forward-looking statements.  Such statements are subject to certain risks
and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially
from those projected.  Such risks and uncertainties include the timing and
acceptance of new product introductions, the actions of the Company's
competitors and business partners, and those discussed above under
"Risk Factors," and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

     Cirrus Logic, Inc. is a leading manufacturer of integrated 
circuits ("ICs") for the personal computer, consumer and 
industrial markets.  The Company has developed a broad portfolio 
of products and technologies for multimedia, including graphics, 
video and audio; mass storage, including magnetic hard disk and 
CD-ROM; communications over local and wide area networks; and 
advanced mixed-signal applications. 

     The Company's customers include most of the top manufacturers 
of personal computers ("PCs") and PC-related equipment, including 
Acer, Apple, Compaq, Dell, Hewlett-Packard, IBM, NEC, Packard Bell 
and Toshiba.  The Company also serves most of the major hard disk 
drive manufacturers, including Fujitsu, Quantum, Seagate and 
Western Digital.  The Company believes that, in the PC multimedia 
market, it is a major supplier of graphics accelerators and 16-bit 
audio codecs, and that, in the mass storage market, it is a major  
supplier of disk drive controllers, disk drive read channel ICs 
and CD-ROM controllers. The Company also is a major supplier of PC 
CardBus host adaptors for portable computers, and the Company has 
recently introduced advanced ICs for V.34 bi voice/fax/ data 
modems and LAN controllers for PC applications.

     During fiscal 1997, the Company introduced a number of new 
products in its core markets.  Within the multimedia market, the 
Company introduced its first Laguna RDRAM-based 3D graphics 
accelerator ICs in September 1996 and in the same quarter the 
Company began production of single-chip audio solutions that 
integrate audio codec, controller and FM music synthesis and 
provide 3D spatial sound effects.  Within the mass storage market, 
the Company began production of a new generation of its single-
chip digital PRML read-channel chips.  These products have been 
designed into systems by Seagate, Quantum and Western Digital.  
The Company also introduced its first controller for recordable/ 
erasable CD drives, with increased playback speeds (up to 18x) and 
increased record speeds (up to 8x).

     Historically, the Company relied for its wafer manufacturing 
needs upon "merchant wafers" manufactured by outside suppliers. 
The Company is currently one of the world's largest purchasers of 
merchant wafers.  In response to its rapid growth, and in an 
effort to gain more control over its wafer supply, the Company 
pursued a strategy to expand its wafer supply sources by taking 
direct ownership interests in wafer manufacturing joint ventures.  
The Company believes such joint ventures provide important 
competitive advantages, including: (i) assured wafer capacity, 
(ii) wafer costs potentially lower than the cost of merchant 
wafers, particularly during periods in which the industry is 
capacity constrained, and (iii) early access to advanced process 
technology from industry leaders.  In 1994, the Company and IBM 
formed MiCRUS, a manufacturing joint venture that produces wafers 
for both companies.  MiCRUS began operations in 1995 and is now 
engaged in a second expansion.  In addition, in July 1996, the 
Company and Lucent Technologies (formerly AT&T Microelectronics) 
formed Cirent Semiconductor, a manufacturing joint venture that 
will produce wafers for both companies.  Cirent Semiconductor 
began operations in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997. Both the 
MiCRUS and the Cirent Semiconductor joint ventures require the 
Company to provide or guarantee substantial equipment financing.  
In November 1996, the Company completed a lease financing of 
approximately $253 million of equipment for its Cirent 
Semiconductor joint venture.  Of this amount, approximately $160
million was released to reimburse the Company for equipment which 
had already been purchased and the remainder has been committed 
for future equipment purchases.  In addition, the Company has 
long-term volume purchase agreements with Taiwan Semiconductor 
Manufacturing Co., Ltd.  The Company believes that it will 
continue to rely on merchant wafer suppliers for a substantial 
portion of its wafer requirements for at least the next two years.

     From fiscal 1992 through fiscal 1996 the Company grew 
rapidly, with revenues increasing from $218 million to $1.15 
billion as a result of internal growth and acquisitions.  During 
this period, the Company launched programs to pursue a variety of 
market opportunities within the PC, communications and consumer 
electronics markets.  In early 1996, however, the Company 
determined that the breadth of its programs was diverting
engineering and management resources from products for the 
Company's core markets.  Accordingly, during fiscal 1997, the 
Company adopted and began implementing a strategy of focusing on 
the markets for multimedia (graphics, video and audio), mass 
storage and communications.  As part of this strategy, the Company 
began divesting non-core business units and eliminating 
projects that did not fit within its core markets.

     During the second quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company 
completed the sale of the PicoPower product line to National 
Semiconductor, Inc.  The Company received approximately $17.6 
million in cash for the PicoPower product line.  In connection 
with the transaction, the Company recorded a gain of approximately 
$6.9 million. 

     During the third quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company 
completed the sale to ADC Telecommunications Inc. of the PCSI 
product group that produced CDPD (Cellular Digital Packet Data) 
base station equipment for wireless service providers, and 
developed pACT (personal Air Communications Technology) base 
stations for AT&T Wireless Services Inc.  The Company received 
approximately $20.8 million in cash for the group.  In connection 
with the transaction, the Company recorded a gain of approximately 
$12.0 million. 

     During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company 
completed the sale of the assets of PCSI's Wireless Semiconductor 
Products to Rockwell International for $18.1 million in cash and 
made the decision to shut down PCSI's Subscriber Product Group.  
PCSI's Wireless Semiconductor Product Group provided digital 
cordless chip solutions for PHS (Personal Handyphone System) and 
DECT (Digital European Cordless Telecommunications) as well two-
way messaging chip solutions for pACT (personal Air Communications 
Technology).  In connection with the sale of the Wireless 
Semiconductor Product Group and the shut-down of the Subscriber 
Group, the Company recorded a net gain of $0.3 million in the 
fourth quarter. 

     Also during fiscal 1997, the Company implemented a program to
manage costs and streamline operations.  These efforts culminated in
the fourth quarter with a reorganization into four market focused
divisions (Personal Computer Products, Communications Products, 
Mass Storage Products and Crystal Semiconductor Products), and a 
decision to outsource its production testing and to consolidate 
certain corporate functions.  In connection with these actions, 
the Company completed a workforce reduction of approximately
400 people in April 1997, representing approximately 15 percent of
the worldwide staff.  Although the Company expects to realize the
immediate benefit of a reduced cost structure and anticipates
other benefits from the reorganization into market focused
divisions, there is no assurance that the Company will regain the
levels of profitably that it has achieved in the past or that
losses will not occur in the future. 

     The results of operations for the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997
were impacted by the reorganization, the outsourcing of production
testing, the consolidation of certain corporate functions and other
related factors.  The results of operations for the fourth quarter
of fiscal 1997 include a restructuring charge of $21.0 million, the
majority of which is attributable to the workforce reduction, the
write-off of excess assets and accruals of excess facilities.  In
addition, the results of operations also include charges totaling
approximately $34.5 million, which are included in cost of sales. 
The majority of these charges are related to anticipated
manufacturing capacity variances and some inventory write-downs.
Excluding these charges, the Company's loss from operations for the
fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 would have been $1.5 million. 


Background

       ICs have become pervasive and are found in products ranging 
from consumer electronics to automobiles.  The PC industry is the 
largest source of demand for ICs.  The market also has expanded to 
include a broad array of portable products from notebook computers 
to pocket organizers and hand-held personal computing and 
communications devices.  In addition, the average IC content per 
machine has increased as CD-ROM drives, 16-bit stereo sound, 64-
bit graphics accelerators, network access and 
fax/modem/voicemail/speakerphones have become increasingly 
standard.

       The vast majority of PCs shipped today rely on 
microprocessors from a single source.  With the same processor 
technology available across the spectrum of PC products, the 
primary distinguishing characteristics of today's leading PCs have 
become the graphics, video, audio, mass storage, and 
communications capabilities and, in portable computers, weight, 
form factor (size), screen quality and battery life.  PC
functionality is controlled by increasingly complex subsystems, or
"computers within the computer," whose features, performance and 
cost characteristics are largely determined by their semiconductor 
components. Cirrus Logic has developed one of the industry's 
broadest portfolios of products and technology to address the 
multimedia, communications, and mass storage applications that are 
among the primary features used by PC manufacturers to 
differentiate their products.  Semiconductor vendors to the
PC market must provide high levels of innovation and must contend 
with increasingly short product lives and extreme cost pressures.  
The first product to market that provides a desired new 
functionality may earn attractive margins, but prices fall rapidly 
once comparable competitive products are available.

       These trends create substantial opportunity for 
semiconductor suppliers but demand that a broad set of skills be 
brought together within a single entity. The cost pressures, the 
performance requirements and the drive to smaller form factors 
have led to higher levels of integration, as circuit boards 
containing many chips are replaced by one- or two-chip solutions. 
Higher integration in turn requires designers to combine analog 
and digital functions into mixed-signal circuits, to combine 
disparate functions into single ICs, and to apply increasing 
levels of systems and software expertise.

       As the capabilities of the PC continue to evolve, the core 
technologies of the computing, communications, and consumer 
electronics markets have begun to converge. For example, consumer 
audio and video electronics markets, traditionally based on analog 
components, are now transitioning to digital technologies similar 
to those developed for multimedia audio and video in the PC. This 
convergence of technologies provides the opportunity for companies
developing advanced products for PCs to leverage their research 
and development investments to serve the communications and 
consumer electronics markets. In addition, the transition of these 
markets from analog to digital technologies also may create 
significant additional demand for IC capacity, since digital
designs require larger semiconductors and, consequently, more 
wafer capacity.

       ICs produced with newer, smaller physical dimensions for 
the circuitry are substantially smaller and less expensive and 
provide higher performance than ICs with the same functionality 
produced with older generation technology.  For this reason, the 
demand for lower cost and higher performance ICs has forced the 
semiconductor industry to adopt increasingly advanced 
manufacturing processes.  Most ICs for the markets served by the 
Company are now manufactured using 0.6, 0.5 and 0.35-micron 
processes.  The Company believes that the next generation PCs are 
likely to require that ICs be manufactured with processes of
0.25-micron or smaller.  Historically, wafers produced with the 
most advanced process technology have often been in short supply, 
and the Company anticipates demand may exceed the supply of 0.25 
micron and smaller wafers for the first two to three years after 
those technologies become widely used in the Company's markets.


Markets and Products

       Cirrus Logic targets large existing markets that are 
undergoing major product or technology transitions, as well as 
emerging markets that have forecasts of high growth.  The Company 
applies its analog, digital, and mixed-signal design capabilities, 
systems-level engineering and software expertise to create highly 
integrated solutions that enable its customers to differentiate 
their products and reduce their time to market.  These solutions
are implemented primarily in ICs and related software, but may 
also include subsystem modules and system equipment.

       Within the major growth markets represented by personal 
computers, communications, industrial automation and consumer 
electronics, the Company's products address key system-level 
applications including multimedia (graphic, video, and audio), 
magnetic and optical mass storage, communications, and hand-held 
and portable computing and communication devices.  The Company's 
advanced mixed signal products, which target a variety of 
industrial and other applications, serve as a technology driver 
for product development throughout the Company.

    Multimedia

       The Company offers a broad range of multimedia products, 
comprising primarily graphics, video, and audio integrated 
circuits and software.  These products bring TV-quality video and 
CD-quality stereo audio to multimedia applications for PCs, 
workstations, videoconferencing and consumer electronics.

       The Company's customers in the multimedia market are 
predominantly PC OEMs, as well as some of the leading add-in board 
makers.  For fiscal 1997, major OEM customers included Acer, 
Compaq, Hewlett-Packard, IBM, NEC, Packard Bell and Toshiba, and 
add-in board customers included Aztech Systems, Creative Labs, and 
STB Systems.

    PC Graphics and Video

       The Company is a major supplier of graphics accelerators 
and integrated graphics/video accelerators for desktop and 
portable PCs.  Significant revenues come from the Company's 
families of 64-bit DRAM-based desktop graphics accelerators for 
cost-sensitive and mainstream Pcs.  These products are implemented 
in several pin-compatible families which offer a range of price/ 
performance solutions for OEMs and graphics board makers. The 
Company expects the following to be the most important of its 
graphics and video products in the near term horizon.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Description                 Key Features                         Status
 -----------------      -------------------------------------   ------------------
<S>                    <C>                                      <C>
64-bit RDRAM-based      High performance 2D and 3D               Multiple products 
   Laguna 3D            graphics, multiple video windows.        in production. AGP 
   Accelerators                                                  (Advanced Graphics     
                                                                 Port) versions
                                                                 expected to sample in
                                                                 first quarter of    
                                                                 calendar 1997

  64-bit DRAM-based       Economical 2D graphics, high quality   In production 
   VisualMedia            quality video, video port, single
   Accelerators           single video window.

  64-bit SGRAM-based      High performance 2D graphics,          Sampling.
   VisualMedia            two video windows.
   Accelerators

64-bit DRAM-based         Economical 2D graphics, single         In production.
   VisualMedia            video window, high resolution LCD
   Accelerators for       panel support, low power operation.
   Notebook PCS

</TABLE>

       In the desktop PC market, Cirrus Logic was the first vendor 
to introduce a cost-effective, single-chip integrated 
graphics/video product for mainstream PCS. These products are sold 
primarily to PC OEMs to be placed directly on the PC motherboard. 
The Company has recently introduced the new family of Laguna 3D 
Accelerators which provide high performance 64-bit graphics using
RDRAM  technology, with multiple simultaneous windows of video on 
screen.  The Company has also recently begun shipping its first 3D 
graphics product intended for the mainstream PC market.

       Cirrus Logic is also among the leading suppliers of 
graphics chips for portable PCs. The Company's products include 
high performance graphics controllers using 64-bit EDO DRAM 
accelerator architectures, as well as cost-effective 32-bit 
controllers for sub-notebook PCS. The Company has developed 
proprietary techniques for achieving high-quality images on 
various resolution LCD panels, for simultaneous display on LCDs 
and CRT monitors, and for low-voltage and mixed-voltage design for 
power sensitive applications.

    Audio

       The Company offers a wide array of audio products for 
multimedia PCs.  These highly integrated chips and software bring 
CD-quality sound and studio quality composition and mixing 
capabilities to PCs and workstations.

       The Company is a leading supplier of 16-bit stereo codecs 
for PCs. These mixed-signal devices use the Company's delta sigma 
technology to provide high quality audio input and output 
functions for PC audio products including those that offer Dolby 
Digital (AC-3), SoundBlaster, AdLib and Microsoft Sound 
compatibility.  The Company's audio chips also provide PCs with 
audio decompression and FM and wavetable sound/music synthesis. 
The Company's leading audio product is now a highly integrated 
single-chip audio product that integrates codec, SoundBlaster and 
FM synthesis functions.  The Company has recently begun production 
of products which provide special effects audio technology, 
allowing PC games players to perceive sound as coming from various 
points around them in a 3-D space.

       The following are expected to be the most important of the 
Company's PC audio products in calendar 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    Description                  Key Features                         Status
 ------------------    ---------------------------------------    ----------------
<S>                     <C>                                        <C>
  Integrated audio      Single chip audio Codec, controller         In production.
  solution              and FM music synthesis. Highest
                        audio quality.

  Integrated audio      Single-chip with SRS or Qsound spatial      In production.
  with 3D sound         effects audio. Two products.

</TABLE>

    Consumer Products

       The Company currently offers over 60 products for the 
consumer high-fidelity audio market. Product features include 
analog/digital and digital/analog conversion and MPEG audio 
decompression. The products provide digital high-fidelity audio 
record and playback for high end professional recordings 
audiophile quality stereo systems, set-top audio decoders, digital
audio tape ("DAT"), CD players, Compact Disk Interactive ("CDI") 
and automotive stereo systems. Customers include Philips, Nokia 
and Sony.

       The Company also currently offers PC graphics controller 
ICs which can output to standard televisions. These products are 
being used by customers to develop products which are hybrids 
between conventional PCS and TVs, including Internet appliances.

    Mass Storage

       The Company supplies chips that perform the key electronics 
functions contained in advanced magnetic and optical disk drives. 
Since pioneering the IDE (integrated drive electronics) standard 
for embedded disk drive controllers in 1986, the Company has 
helped facilitate the development of higher capacity 3.5-inch disk 
drives for desktop computers and workstations and 2.5-inch, 1.8-
inch and 1.3-inch form factor drives for portable computers.
The Company continues to be a leading supplier of controllers to 
the disk drive market. In fiscal 1996, the Company continued its 
strategy of expanding its opportunity in the disk drive 
electronics market by offering solutions in the areas of read 
channel and motion control electronics. The Company's mass storage 
customers include Fujitsu, Quantum, Seagate, Sony, Toshiba and 
Western Digital. The following mass storage products are expected 
to be the most important in the near term horizon:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Descriptions                Key Features                              Status
- -----------------------     ------------------------------------------  ----------------
<S>                        <C>                                          <C>
 Advanced Architecture      Advanced data handling and error-detection/   In production.
 PC AT and SSI Disk         correction capabilities for data integrity
 Controllers                in high performance hard disk drives.
                            Multiple products.

 Digital PRML Read          Single-chip digital read/write channel        In production.
 Channels                   solutions. Proprietary algorithms allow
                            more data per disk. Multiple products.

 Single-chip ATAPI CD-ROM   High data rates (up to 20x speeds), and       In production.
 Controllers                hardware error detection/correction
                            capabilities for simplified firmware
                            development. Multiple products.

 SCSI and ATAPI CD-R        High integration and performance (up to 18x   Sampling.
 (Recordable CD)            read and 8x recording).Handles both CD-R
 Controllers                and CD-Erasable formats.  Advanced
                            automation for simplified firmware 
                            developments. Two products.
</TABLE>

       The Company offers a broad family of magnetic storage 
controller products for the AT IDE, PC-Card, Small Computer System 
Interface ("SCSI") and high-speed SCSI-2 interface standards. To 
achieve the high recording densities required by smaller disk 
drives, the Company has pioneered a number of controller 
innovations, including 88-bit Reed-Solomon error correction, zone-
bit recording and split-data fields.

       The Company began volume shipments of its magnetic storage 
read channel products in fiscal 1995, and was the first merchant 
supplier to provide key data-detection technology known as 
partial-response, maximum-likelihood ("PRML") for 3.5-inch and 
small form factor drives. Based on the Company's CMOS mixed-signal 
technology and its proprietary SofTarget approach to PRML,
these devices substantially increase the amount of data that can 
be stored on a disk platter using existing industry-standard head 
and media technology.

       In fiscal 1995, Cirrus Logic began production of its first 
CD-ROM controller product, with Sony Corporation as a development 
partner and major customer. The Company has since introduced a 
second and, recently, a third generation of CD-ROM controller 
products. In the first quarter of fiscal 1997 the Company's CD-ROM 
controllers were used by Optics Storage Pte. Ltd. in the 
industry's first 12X speed CD-ROM drive, and more recent products 
support CD-ROM speeds of up to 20X. In the second quarter of 
fiscal 1997 the Company introduced its first controller products 
for recordable/erasable CD drives.

    Communications

       The Company has expanded its offerings of communications 
products, which now include modem, local area network and Internet 
products. The following communications products are expected to be 
the most important in calendar 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Description                    Key Features                          Status
- -----------------------    ------------------------------------  -----------------------
<S>                        <C>                                    <C>
 V.70, V.80, 56Kbps and     Further developments within family     V.70 and V.80 sampling 
  ISDN FastPath modems       roadmap to support voice and data,     56Kbps and ISDN in
                             video conferencing, and high-speed     development.
                             lines. Multiple products.

 V.34+ FastPath modem       Highly integrated voice/data/fax       In production.
                             modem chip sets offering 33.6 Kbps
                             performance. Multiple products.

   Multi-line Serial I/O      Extensive family of intelligent      In production.
  Controllers                multi-line input/output devices,
                             reducing processor overhead burden
                             in communications equipment.
                             Multiple products.

  PC-Card, Card Bus Host     Market-leading product line for       In production.
   Adapters                  expansion card slots in notebook
                             computers. Multiple products.

  Local Area Network         Highest level of integration for      In production.
   Controllers               simplified design of local area
                             network controllers for motherboards
                             and interface cards. Two products.
</TABLE>

       The Company introduced the industry's first two-chip 
intelligent fax/data/voice modem in 1992. The Company subsequently 
introduced several high-performance chip sets with enhanced 
features for error correction and data compression, speakerphone 
capability, and portable computer PC-CardBus applications. The 
high level of integration made these products particularly 
popular for small form factor PCMCIA cards. 

       The Company also offers host-adapter products for the PC 
market. The Company believes it is the leading supplier of host 
adapter chips for the PC-Card (formerly called PCMCIA) standard 
and for Card Bus. These controllers allow for credit card sized 
modules to be plugged into the computer to expand its 
functionality in areas such as solid-state memory, hard disks, 
fax/modems, networks, and, most recently multimedia audio.

       The Company also provides serial and parallel I/O devices 
that allow multi-channel, multi-protocol communications. These 
devices are used in remote access equipment and terminal servers, 
communications servers, routers, single board computers, laser 
printers and workstations. Customers include Cisco, Compaq, 
Motorola, Xylogics and Xyplex.

       The Company is a leading supplier of monolithic T-1 line 
interface transceivers for telecommunications equipment, with more 
than 40 part types in production, and CMOS Ethernet local area 
network line interface circuits. The Company produces the 
industry's most highly integrated mixed-signal Ethernet controller 
IC. Customers for these products include Acer, Alcatel, Cisco,
Compaq, IBM, Motorola, Northern Telecom and Samsung.

       During fiscal 1996, the Company began producing wireless 
infra-red ("IR") communications components which combine the 
functions of a serial communications with an IR port for PC, 
portable and pocket computer, and hand-held remote controller 
applications.

    Advanced Mixed Signal Applications

     Through its Crystal Semiconductor Products Division, Cirrus 
Logic offers a broad line of analog-to-digital converters 
consisting of general-purpose and low-frequency measurement 
devices.  These circuits use a combination of self-calibrating 
digital correction and delta sigma architectures to improve 
accuracy and eliminate expensive discrete analog components.  The 
product family includes more than 100 products used in industrial 
automation, instrumentation, medical, military and geophysical 
applications.  In addition to the broad mixed signal product 
portfolio for the industrial market, the Crystal division also 
provides leading-edge chip solutions of consumer audio and video 
applications.  The mixed-signal technology from the Crystal 
division provides the foundation for product development 
throughout Cirrus Logic.

    Emerging Product Opportunities

     The Company is also engaged in developing and is producing 
high-integration system-on-a-chip solutions for dedicated Internet 
appliances and Network Computers, and for hand-held and ultra-
portable computing and communications appliances such as Personal 
Digital Assistants and Personal Communicators. The Company is 
currently manufacturing two mixed signal products for the hand 
held market. Among other features, they integrate touch screen, 
audio, temperature and battery measurement and modem Codec 
capabilities.

     The Company provides an integrated CPU/Peripheral IC for 
Internet appliances such as Oracle's "Network Computer" reference 
design.  The Company has developed highly integrated products for 
hand-held computing and communications devices, and is working 
with Apple Computer and others for their next generations of such 
products.  The Company's products in this market incorporate a CPU 
core licensed from Advanced RISC Machines (ARM) Limited.

Manufacturing

     Historically, the Company relied for its wafer manufacturing 
needs upon merchant wafers manufactured by outside suppliers.  The 
Company believes it is currently one of the world's largest 
purchasers of merchant wafers.  The Company has also pursued a 
strategy to expand its wafer supply sources by taking direct 
ownership interests in wafer manufacturing ventures. In much of 
1994 and 1995, the merchant market was unable to meet demand, and 
the Company's merchant wafer suppliers sought to limit the 
proportion of wafers they sold to any single customer, which 
further restricted the Company's ability to buy wafers.  Wafer 
shortages increased the Company's supply costs and at times 
prevented the Company from meeting the market demand for its own 
products.  In response to its rapid growth, and to historical and 
anticipated supply shortages, the Company pursued a strategy to 
expand its wafer supply sources by taking direct ownership 
interests in wafer manufacturing joint ventures.

     In 1994, the Company and IBM formed MiCRUS, a manufacturing 
joint venture that produces wafers for both companies. MiCRUS 
began operations in 1995 and is now engaging in a second 
expansion.  In addition, in July 1996, the Company and Lucent 
Technologies (formerly AT&T Microelectronics) formed Cirent
Semiconductor, a manufacturing joint venture that will produce 
wafers for both companies.  Cirent Semiconductor began operations 
in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997.  The Company believes that 
it will continue to rely on merchant wafer suppliers for a 
substantial portion of its wafer requirements for at least the 
next two years.

     The Company's manufacturing strategy is intended to provide 
the following benefits:

      Assured Capacity. The first goal is to secure a capacity 
      to provide improved control over wafer supplies,      
      particularly during periods of heightened industry-wide
      demand.

      Advantageous Cost Structure. Wafers produced by joint 
      ventures such as MiCRUS are potentially less expensive than      
      merchant wafers.  Increasing its supply of wafers from such       
      joint ventures may help the Company achieve lower           
      manufacturing costs than its competitors

      Access to Leading Process Technologies. By partnering with 
      world class manufacturers such as IBM and Lucent Technologies, 
      the Company can access leading process technologies which 
      allows it to reduce product cost, increase performance and   
      increase functionality.

     In addition to its wafer supply arrangements, the Company 
currently contracts with third party assembly vendors to package 
the wafer die into finished products. The Company qualifies and 
monitors assembly vendors using procedures similar in scope to 
those used for wafer procurement. Assembly vendors provide fixed-
cost-per-unit pricing, as is common in the semiconductor industry.

     Through fiscal 1997, the Company maintained its own staff for
production, engineering and testing.  In fiscal 1998, the Company 
will start outsourcing a substantial portion of its production 
testing.  As of April 30, 1997, subsequent to the headcount reduction
related to the restructing, the Company had approximately 26% of its
employee engaged in manufacturing related activities.  The Company's
manufacturing division will continue to qualify and monitor
suppliers' production processes, participate in process
development, package development and process and product
characterization, perform mixed-signal production testing, support
R&D test applications and maintain quality standards.

    MiCRUS

     MiCRUS, which was established in 1994, produces wafers using 
IBM's wafer processing technology, and is currently focusing on CMOS
wafers with 0.35 micron process technology and also processes wafers
with 0.8, 0.6 and 0.5 micron technology.  MiCRUS leases an existing
IBM facility in East Fishkill, New York, and also makes process
technology payments to IBM, which totaled $56 million as of March
29, 1997.   IBM and Cirrus Logic own 52% and 48%, respectively, of
MiCRUS.  The terms of the joint venture initially entitled each
Company to purchase 50% of the MiCRUS output.  If one company fails
to purchase its full entitlement, the shortfall may be purchased by
the other company or, under limited circumstances, offered to third
parties.  However, if the wafers cannot be sold elsewhere, the
Company that failed to purchase its full entitlement will be
required to reimburse the joint venture for costs associated with
underutilized capacity.  In addition, to the extent that the
facility fails to produce wafers at scheduled capacity, each company
will be required to bear its proportionate share of the
underabsorbed fixed costs.  The joint venture has a remaining term
of seven years.  MiCRUS is managed by a six-member governing board
of whom three are appointed by IBM, two are appointed by Cirrus
Logic and one is the chief executive officer of MiCRUS.

     A $120 million expansion was completed in fiscal 1996.  A 
second expansion, with a currently budgeted cost of $198 million, 
was agreed to in 1995 and is expected to be completed in 1998.  
The Company is providing all of the capital for the second 
expansion and, accordingly, will be entitled to all of the 
additional wafers produced and will be required to reimburse the 
joint venture for all of the additional costs associated with any 
underutilization of the capacity resulting from such expansion.

     In connection with the formation and expansion of the MiCRUS 
joint venture, the Company has incurred obligations to make equity 
contributions to MiCRUS, to pay MiCRUS for a manufacturing 
agreement and to guarantee equipment lease obligations incurred by 
MiCRUS. To date, the Company has made equity investments totaling 
$23.8 million. No additional equity investments are scheduled. 
However, the expansion of the MiCRUS production could require 
additional equity contributions by the Company.

     The manufacturing agreement payments total $71 million, of 
which $56 million has been paid, $7.5 million is due before the 
end of fiscal 1998 and $7.5 million is due to be paid in fiscal 
1999.  The manufacturing agreement payments are being charged to 
the Company's cost of sales over the original eight-year life of 
the venture based upon the ratio of current units of production to 
current and anticipated future units of production.

     The equipment financings which have been completed or are 
committed to as of March 29, 1997 total $503 million, of which 
$145 million was completed in fiscal 1995 and is guaranteed 
jointly and severally by IBM and the Company, and $215 million 
which was completed in fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997 and is 
guaranteed by the Company.  In addition, the Company currently 
intends to add an additional $60 million in equipment in fiscal 
1998 and an additional $50 million in fiscal 1999 to expand MiCRUS 
production.  The additional amounts would be financed by an 
equipment lease guaranteed by the Company.  However, these 
additional expenditures have not been committed and could be 
reconsidered. 

    Cirent Semiconductor

     Cirent Semiconductor will operate two wafer fabs in Orlando, 
Florida, both located in the same complex, which is leased from 
Lucent Technologies.  Cirent Semiconductor also makes process
technology payments to Lucent Technologies, which totalled $35
million as of March 29, 1997.  Cirent Semiconductor is already
operating the first fab, from which Lucent Technologies purchases
all of the output at a price that covers all costs associated with
that fab.  The second fab has been built by Lucent Technologies and
is expected to begin operations in calendar 1997.  The second fab is
scheduled to begin producing CMOS wafers using 0.35 micron processes
licensed from Lucent Technologies, and to migrate to a 0.25 micron
process.  Lucent Technologies and Cirrus Logic each will be entitled
to purchase one-half of the output of the second fab.  If one company
fails to purchase its full entitlement, the shortfall may be
purchased by the other company or offered to third parties.  However,
if the wafers cannot be sold elsewhere, the company that failed to
purchase its full entitlement will be required to reimburse Cirent
Semiconductor for costs associated with underutilized capacity.  In
addition, to the extent that the facility fails to produce wafers at
scheduled capacity, each company will be required to bear its
proportionate share of the underabsorbed fixed costs.  Cirent
Semiconductor is owned 60% by Lucent Technologies and 40% by Cirrus
Logic and is managed by a Board of Governors, of whom three are
appointed by Lucent Technologies and two are appointed by Cirrus
Logic.  The joint venture has a term of ten years.

     In connection with the Cirent joint venture, the Company has 
committed to make equity contributions to Cirent Semiconductor, to 
make payments to Cirent Semiconductor for a manufacturing 
agreement and to guarantee and/or become a co-lessee under 
equipment lease obligations incurred by Cirent Semiconductor.

     The commitment for equity investment as of March 29, 1997 
totals $35 million, of which $2 million has been paid and $33 
million is due in fiscal 1998.  The Company will account for these 
payments under the equity method. 

     The manufacturing agreement payments total $105 million, of 
which $35 million has been paid, $50 million is due in the first 
quarter of fiscal 1998 and $20 million is due in fiscal 2000.  
These payments will be charged to the Company's cost of sales over 
the life of the venture based upon the ratio of current units of 
production to current and anticipated future units of production. 

     The Company has committed to guarantee and/or become a co-lessee of 
leases covering up to $280 million of equipment for the Cirent
Semiconductor joint venture.  In November 1996, the Company guaranteed
and became a co-lessee under a lease financing arrangement for up to
$253 million of equipment, subsequently reduced to $244.4 million, of
which $160 million has been used.  These financings mature at various
dates from 1998 to 2004.  The Company currently intends to enter into or
guarantee an additional $35.6 million in lease financings sometime
during fiscal 1998. 


    Other Wafer Supply Arrangements

       Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. ("TSMC"). In fiscal
1993 and fiscal 1996, the Company entered into volume purchase
agreements with TSMC.  Under each agreement, the Company committed to
purchase a fixed minimum number of wafers at market prices and TSMC 
guaranteed to supply certain quantities.  The first agreement expired
in March 1997, the later expires in December 2001.  Under the
agreement entered into in fiscal 1996, the Company has agreed to make
advance payments to TSMC of approximately $118 million, one-half in
fiscal 1998 and one-half in fiscal 1999.  The parties have been 
reevaluating these arrangements, and, although no written 
agreement has been concluded, the Company believes that the 
requirement for advance payments may be replaced by long-term 
purchase commitments.  Under the fiscal 1993 and 1996 agreements,
if the Company does not purchase the committed amounts, it may be 
required to pay a per wafer penalty for any shortfall not sold by 
TSMC to other customers. The Company estimates that under the 
remaining term of the 1993 agreement, it is obliged to purchase 
approximately $19 million of product. Over the term of the 1995 
agreement, the Company estimates it must purchase approximately 
$790 million of product in order to receive full credit for the 
advance payments or avoid penalties if the requirement for advance 
payments is eliminated.

       United Microelectronics Corporation ("UMC"). In the fall of 
1995, the Company entered into a foundry agreement and a foundry 
capacity agreement with UMC, a Taiwanese company. The agreements 
provide that UMC will form a new corporation under the laws of 
Taiwan, to be called United Silicon, Inc., and that United 
Silicon, Inc. will build a wafer fabrication facility and
manufacture and sell wafers, wafer die and packaged integrated 
circuits. The agreements provide that United Silicon, Inc. will be 
funded in part with debt and equipment lease financing from UMC 
and in part with equity contributions from the Company and two 
other U.S. semiconductor companies. The agreements contemplated 
that the Company's total investment would be approximately $88
million, in exchange for which the Company would receive 15% of 
the equity of United Silicon, Inc. as well as the right (but not 
the obligation) to purchase up to 18.75% of the wafer output of 
the new facility at fair market prices. The Company paid $20.6 
million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996. The Company does not 
expect to make the additional scheduled investment. Should the 
Company not make any additional investments, the Company's ultimate
equity holding would be substantially less than 15% and the Company
would not retain rights to guaranteed capacity.  However, the
Company would retain its equity holding in United Silicon, Inc., and
the Company believes that foregoing the rights to guaranteed
capacity would not result in an impairment of the recorded value of
the investment.

Patents, Licenses and Trademarks

       To protect its products, the Company relies heavily on 
trade secret, patent, copyright, mask work and trademark laws. The 
Company applies for patents and copyrights arising from its 
research and development activities and intends to continue this 
practice in the future to protect its products and technologies. 
The Company presently holds more than 230 U.S. patents, and in
several instances holds corresponding international patents, and
has more than 400 U.S. patent applications pending.  The Company has
also licensed a variety of technologies from outside parties to
complement its own research and development efforts.  The Company is
also receiving brand recognition of its products.  The Laguna (TM) and
Visual Media (TM) family of graphics accelerators are examples of the
use of trademarks to gain brand recognition.


Research and Development

       Research and development efforts concentrate on the design 
and development of new products for each market and on the 
continued enhancement of the Company's design automation tools.  
Research and development efforts will be organized along the 
Company's new market focused product divisions (Personal Computer 
Products, Communications Products, Mass Storage Products and 
Crystal Semiconductor Products) which the Company believes will 
contribute to more efficient leveraging of its technologies in the 
product development cycle.  The Company also funds certain 
advanced process technology development.  Expenditures for 
research and development in fiscal 1997, 1996, and 1995 were 
$230.8 million, $238.8 million, and $165.6 million, respectively.  
The Company expects the absolute amount of research and 
development expense will decrease in fiscal 1998 primarily as a 
result of the Company's fourth quarter reorganization and 
consolidation efforts, and the related reduction in workforce.  As 
of April 30, 1997, the Company had approximately 44% of its employees
engaged in research and development activities.  The Company's
future success is highly dependent upon its ability to develop
complex new products, to transfer new products to production in a
timely fashion, to introduce them to the marketplace ahead of the 
competition and to have them selected for design into products of 
leading systems manufacturers.

Competition

       Markets for the Company's products are highly competitive, 
and the Company expects that competition will increase. The 
Company competes with other semiconductor suppliers who offer 
standard semiconductors, application specific integrated circuits 
and fully customized integrated circuits, including both chip and 
board-level products. A few customers also develop integrated 
circuits that compete with the Company's products. The Company's
competitive strategy has been to provide lower cost versions of 
existing products and new, more advanced products for customers' 
new designs.

       While no single company competes with the Company in all of 
the Company's product lines, the Company faces significant 
competition in each of its product lines. The Company expects to 
face additional competition from new entrants in each of its 
markets, which may include both large domestic and international 
semiconductor manufacturers and smaller, emerging companies.

       The principal competitive factors in the Company's markets 
include time to market; quality of hardware/software design and 
end-market systems expertise; price; product benefits that are 
characterized by performance, features, quality and compatibility 
with standards; access to advanced process and packaging 
technologies at competitive prices; and sales and technical
support.

       Competition typically occurs at the design stage, where the 
customer evaluates alternative design approaches that require 
integrated circuits. Because its products have not been available 
from second sources, the Company generally does not face direct 
competition in selling its products to a customer once its 
integrated circuits have been designed into that customer's
system. Nevertheless, because of shortened product life cycles and 
even shorter design-in cycles, the Company's competitors have 
increasingly frequent opportunities to achieve design wins in next 
generation systems. In the event that competitors succeed in 
supplanting the Company's products, the Company's market share may 
not be sustainable and net sales, gross margin, and earnings
would be adversely affected.

Sales, Marketing and Technical Support 

     The Company's products are sold worldwide, and historically 
50-65% of revenues have come from shipments to overseas 
destinations.  The Company maintains a worldwide sales force with 
a matrixed organization, which is intended to provide centralized 
coordination of strategic accounts, territory-based local support 
and coverage of smaller customers, and specialized selling of 
product lines with unique customer bases.

     The Company maintains a major account team and a direct 
domestic and international sales force for its PC-related 
products.  The major account team services the top PC and disk 
drive manufacturers.  The domestic sales force includes a network 
of regional direct sales offices located in California and in 
Colorado, Florida, Illinois, Massachusetts, North Carolina, 
Oregon, Pennsylvania, and Texas.  International sales offices and 
organizations are located in Taiwan, Japan, Singapore, Korea, Hong 
Kong, the United Kingdom, Germany, Italy, France and Barbados.  
The Company supplements its direct sales force with sales 
representative organizations and distributors.  Technical support 
staff are located at the sales offices and also at the Company's 
facilities in Fremont, California; Broomfield, Colorado; San 
Diego, California; Austin and Plano, Texas; Greenville, South 
Carolina; Raleigh, North Carolina; and Tucson, Arizona. 

     The Company's Crystal Products Division maintains a separate, 
smaller sales force for products sold to the industrial, and 
consumer electronics. 

     Compaq Computer Corporation accounted for approximately 10% 
of net sales in fiscal 1997.  In fiscal 1996 and 1995, no customer 
represented 10% or more of net sales.  However, the loss of a 
significant customer or a  significant reduction in such a 
customer's orders could have an adverse effect on the Company's 
sales. 

     Export sales information is incorporated by reference from 
the section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II hereof. 


Backlog 

     Sales are made primarily pursuant to standard short-term 
purchase orders for delivery of standard products.  The quantity 
actually ordered by the customer, as well as the shipment 
schedules, are frequently revised to reflect changes in the 
customer's needs.  Accordingly, the Company believes that its 
backlog at any given time is not a meaningful indicator of future 
revenues. 

Employees

     As of April 30, 1997, the Company had approximately 2,135 
full-time equivalent employees, of whom 44% were engaged in 
research and product development, 30% in sales, marketing, general 
and administrative and 26% in manufacturing.  In March 1997, the 
Company's management approved a workforce reduction that occurred 
on April 23, 1997 and resulted in a reduction of approximately 400 
employees.  The Company's future success will depend, in part, on 
its ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly
qualified technical, marketing, engineering and management 
personnel.  None of the Company's employees is represented by any 
collective bargaining agreements, although Cirent Semiconductor is 
staffed by Lucent Technologies' employees who are represented by a 
union.  The Company believes that its employee relations are good.


Description of Properties 

     The Company's principal facilities, located in Fremont, California, 
consist of approximately 480,000 square feet of office space leased 
pursuant to agreements which expire in 2006 and 2007 plus renewal options. 
This space is used for manufacturing, product development, sales, 
marketing and administration.

     The Company's Austin, Texas facilities consist of approximately 
262,000 square feet.  Certain leases expire in July 1997 with two three-year
options that could extend the term to July 2003.  One lease expires in
2005.  The Company's San Diego, California facility consists of
approximately 153,000 square feet of office space leased pursuant to a
lease that expires in 2006.

     The Company also has facilities located in Tucson, Arizona; 
Broomfield, Colorado; Nashua, New Hampshire; Raleigh, North Carolina; 
Greenville, South Carolina; King of Prussia, Pennsylvania; Fort Worth and 
Plano, Texas; Seattle, Washington; Pune, India; and Tokyo, Japan.  The 
Company also leases sales and sales support offices in the United States 
in California, Colorado, Florida, Illinois, Massachusetts, Oregon, 
Pennsylvania and Texas and internationally in Taiwan, Japan, Singapore, 
Korea, Hong Kong, the United Kingdom, Germany, Italy, France and Barbados. 
The Company plans to add additional manufacturing and sales offices to 
support its growth. 


Legal Proceedings

       On May 7, 1993, the Company was served with two shareholder
class action lawsuits filed in the United States District Court
for the Northern District of California.  The lawsuits, which
name the Company and George N. Alexy, Douglas J. Bartek, William
H. Bennet, William D. Caparelli, Michael L. Hackworth, Man Shek
Lee, Kenyon Mei, Suhas S. Patil, Robert H. Smith, and Sam S.
Srinivasan, all current or former officers and directors of the
Company as defendants, allege violations of the federal 
securities laws in connection with the announcement by Cirrus
Logic of its financial results for the quarter ended March 31,
1993.  The complaints do  not specify the amounts of damages
sought.  The Company believes that the  allegations of the
complaint are without merit.  On November 1, 1996, defendants'
motion for summary judgment was granted in part and denied in
part.  

       Between November 7 and November 21, 1995, five shareholder
class action lawsuits were filed in the United States District
Court for the Northern District of California against the Company
and several of its officers and directors.  A consolidated
amended complaint was filed on February 20, 1996 and an amended
consolidated supplemental complaint was filed on May 3, 1996
naming the Company and Michael L. Hackworth, Suhas Patil and Sam
Srinivasan, all current or former officers and directors of the
Company, as defendants.  This complaint alleges that certain
statements made by defendants during the period from July 23, 1995
through December 21, 1995 were false and misleading and in
violation of the federal securities laws.  The complaint does not
specify the amounts of damages sought. The Company  believes that
the allegations of the complaint are without merit. 

       On February 21, 1996, a shareholder class action lawsuit
was filed in the Superior Court of California in and for the
County of Alameda against the Company and numerous fictitiously
named defendants alleged to be officers or agents of the Company.
 An amended complaint, which added Michael L. Hackworth, Suhas
Patil and Sam Srinivasan, all current or former officers and
directors of the Company, as defendants was filed on April 18,
1996.  On October 28, 1996, an identical class action lawsuit was 
filed in the same court by the same plaintiffs' lawyers on
behalf of an additional plaintiff.  These lawsuits, which were
consolidated on December 26, 1996, allege that certain
statements made by the Company and the individual defendants
during the period from October 1, 1995 through February 14, 1996
were false and misleading and violated California state common
and statutory law. The complaints do not specify the amounts of
damages sought. Defendants have answered the complaint denying
all of its material allegations.  The Company believes that the
allegations of the complaints are without merit.  On January 30,
1997, the court denied plaintiffs' motion for class
certification.  Plaintiffs have appealed.

        On January 28, 1997, a third State court complaint,
identical to its predecessors, was filed in the Superior Court
by another plaintiff against the Company, and Michael L.
Hackworth, Suhas Patil and Sam Srinivasan, all current or former
officers of the Company.  Defendants have answered the complaint
denying all of its material allegations.  On May 6, 1997, class
certification was denied in this case as well.  Plaintiffs have
appealed.

       On September 16, 1996, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was
filed in  the United States District Court for the Northern
District of California against the Company, as a nominal
defendant, and Michael Hackworth, Suhas Patil, C. Gordon Bell, C.
Woodrow Rea, Jr., Robert H. Smith, Sam S. Srinivasan, William D.
Caparelli, Douglas J. Bartek and Kenyon Mei, all current or former
officers and directors of the Company.  The complaint alleges the
individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the
Company between July 26, 1995 and February 13, 1996.  The
complaint does not specify the amounts of damages sought.  The
Company believes the allegations in the complaint are without
merit.

       On December 12, 1996, the Company signed a Memorandum of
Settlement with plaintiffs' counsel in the federal class action
lawsuits.  If approved, the agreement would settle all pending 
securities claims against the Company for an aggregate sum of
$31.3 million, exclusive of interest, $2.3 million of which would
be contributed by the  Company with the remainder being
contributed by the Company's insurers.  The company recorded the
$2.3 million as other expense in the quarter ended December 28,
1996.

      The proposed settlement is expected to include an amendment
of the federal class action filed in 1995 to include claims
pending in state court with the intent that the settlement would
have the effect of extinguishing the state court claims.  The
proposed settlement is subject to a number of contingencies,
including court approval.

      Hearings for court approval of the settlement have been
scheduled for June 13 and 19, 1997.  A number of objections to
the settlement have been filed, including by the attorneys who
filed the state actions which the parties seek to extinguish by
the settlement. 

      If for any reason the settlement is not approved, or if for
any reason the extinction of the state claims is not approved,
the Company intends to defend itself vigorously.  Based on its
assessment of the cases and the availability of insurance, the
Company believes that, even if the settlement is not approved,
the likelihood is remote that the ultimate resolution of these
matters will have a material adverse effect on its financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.  However, there can 
be no certainty or assurance as to the outcome of any litigation
process. 

    The foregoing forward-looking statements with respect to the 
proposed settlement are dependent on certain risks and
uncertainties including such factors, among others, as the
securing of court approval, the running of all relevant periods
for objection of appeals, and the state court's recognition of
the order on the settlement. 


                              MANAGEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND
DIRECTORS
NAME                              AGE    POSITION WITH THE COMPANY                   SINCE
- --------                          ---    -------------------------                   -----
<S>                               <C>    <C>                                         <C>
Michael L. Hackworth (1)(4) ....  56     President, Chief Executive Officer           1985
                                           and Director
Suhas S. Patil (1)(4) ..........  52     Chairman of the Board, and Director          1984
Thomas F. Kelly.................  44     Office of the President and Chief            1996
                                           Operating Officer
George N. Alexy.................  48     Office of the President and Chief            1987
                                           Products and Marketing Officer
Patrick V. Boudreau.............  56     Vice President, Human Resources              1996
Eric C. Broockman ..............  42     Vice  President and General Manager,         1995
                                           Crystal Semiconductor Products Division
William D. Caparelli............  53     Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales       1988
Steven Dines ...................  43     Vice President and General Manager,          1991
                                           Mass Storage Products Division
Robert F. Donohue...............  54     Vice President, Chief Legal Officer,         1996
                                           General Counsel and Secretary
Patrick A. O'Hearn  ............  47     Vice President and General Manager,          1997
                                           Communications Products Division
Edward C. Ross..................  55     President, Manufacturing and Technology      1995
Ronald K. Shelton...............  36     Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial     1996
                                           Officer and Treasurer
C. Gordon Bell (4)..............  62     Director                                     1990
D. James Guzy (1)(3)(4).........  61     Director                                     1984
Walden C. Rhines (1)(3).........  50     Director                                     1995
Robert H. Smith (2)(3)..........  60     Director                                     1990

</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Member of the Executive Committee
(2) Member of the Audit Committee
(3) Member of the Compensation Committee
(4) Member of the Nominating Committee


        Michael L. Hackworth (age 56), a founder of the Company, has served 
as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director since January 1985.  He 
is also a director of Read-Rite Corporation.  Previously he was employed by 
Signetics Corporation for over thirteen years, most recently as Senior Vice 
President of MOS and Linear Products.

        George N. Alexy (age 48)  was appointed to the Office of the 
President and Chief Products and Marketing Officer in April 1997.  He joined 
the Company in 1987 as Vice President, Marketing and in May 1993, he was 
promoted to Senior Vice President, Marketing.  Previously, he was employed 
by Intel Corporation for ten years, most recently as Product Marketing 
Manager, High Performance Microprocessors.

        Thomas F. Kelly (age 44) was appointed to the Office of the 
President and Chief Operating Officer in April 1997.  He joined the Company 
in March 1996 as Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration, 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer.  Previously, he was Executive Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer of Frame Technology Corporation from 
September 1993 to December 1995.  Prior to Frame, he was Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer of Analog Design Tools from September 1984 to July 
1989, when it was acquired by Valid Logic, Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer of Valid Logic through December 1991 and, following the 
acquisition of Valid Logic by Cadence Design Systems, Senior Vice President 
of Cadence Design Systems until July 1993.

        Patrick V. Boudreau (age 56) joined the Company in October 1996 as 
Vice President, Human Resources.  He was Vice President, Human Resources for 
Fujitsu Microelectronics from 1995 to 1996.  From 1989 to 1995, he was 
President of P.V.B. Associates, a management consulting and executive search
firm, as well as Senior Vice President of Lazer-Tron Corporation.

        Eric C. Broockman (age 42) was appointed to the position of Vice 
President and General Manager, Crystal Semiconductor Products Division in 
April, 1997.  He joined the Company in February 1995 as Vice President and 
General Manager, Network Broadcast Products Division.  Prior to joining the
Company, he was employed by IBM for 16 years, most recently as Product 
Line Manager, DSP Business Unit. 

        William D. Caparelli (age 53) joined the Company in 1988 as Vice 
President, Worldwide Sales.  In May 1993 he was promoted to Senior Vice 
President, Worldwide Sales.  From 1985 to 1988, he served as Vice President, 
North America Sales of VLSI Technology, Inc.

        Steven Dines (age 43) was appointed Vice President and General 
Manager, Mass Storage Products Division in May 1997.  He joined the Company 
in May 1991 as Member, Corporate Strategic Staff and in December 1991, he 
assumed the position of Director, Mass Storage Products Marketing.  In 
November 1993, he was promoted to Vice President, Mass Storage.  Prior to 
joining the Company he spent twelve years at Advanced Micro Devices, most
recently as Director, Strategic Marketing for Europe and with IMP, Inc. as 
Director, Product Planning and Applications.

        Robert F. Donohue (age 54) joined the Company in May 1996 as Vice 
President, Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel and Secretary.  Prior to 
joining the Company, he was Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 
of Frame Technology Corporation from 1993 to 1996 and Vice President, General 
Counsel and Secretary of Cadence Design Systems, Inc. from 1989 to 1993. 

        Patrick A. O'Hearn (age 47), joined the Company in January 1997 as 
Vice President, Personal Systems and was appointed to the position of Vice 
President and General Manager, Communications Products Division in April 
1997.  Prior to joining the Company, he was President and CEO of ATM LTD, 
a network equipment company from April 1994 to September 1996; Vice 
President, Network Products at Fujitsu Microelectronics from January 1993 
to April 1994 and Business Unit Manager for the ASIC and Custom Business 
Unit at Philips Components (formerly Signetics) from April 1990 to 
January 1993.

         Edward C. Ross (age 55),  joined the Company in September 1995 as 
President, Worldwide Manufacturing Group.  In April 1997, he became 
President, Manufacturing and Technology.  Prior to joining the Company, he 
was President of Power Integrations, a manufacturer of high-voltage 
integrated circuits, from January 1989 to January 1995.

         Ronald K. Shelton (age 36) was appointed Vice President, Finance, 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer in April 1997.  He joined the Company 
in September 1996 as Vice President, Finance and Corporate Controller.  From 
April 1992 to August 1996, he was Vice President, Finance and Administration 
and Chief Financial Officer of Alliance Semiconductor Corporation.  He was 
Manager, Special Studies for Etec Systems, Inc. from April 1991 to March 
1992 and prior to that he was Audit Manager at Deloitte & Touche.

        Dr. Bell (age 62) has been a Senior Researcher with Microsoft
Corporation since August 1995. He was a computer consultant from
November 1991 until August 1995 and Chief Scientist for Stardent
Computer, a manufacturer of high-performance graphics super-
computers, from November 1987 until November 1991.    

        Mr. Guzy (age 61) has been President of Arbor Company, a
Nevada limited partnership engaged in the electronics and computer
industry, since 1969. He is also a director of Intel Corporation,
Micro Component Technology, Inc., Novellus Systems, Inc., Davis
Selected Advisors Group of Mutual Funds and Alliance Capital
Management Technology Fund.

        Dr. Rhines (age 50) has been President and Chief Executive
Officer and a director of Mentor Graphics Corporation, a maker of
electronic design automation products, since October 1993. 
Previously, he was Executive Vice President, Semiconductor Group at
Texas Instruments, Inc. from May 1987 to October 1993.  He is also a
director of TriQuint Semiconductor.

        Mr. Smith (age 60) has been Executive Vice President, Finance
and Administration, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and a director
of Novellus Systems, Inc., a capital equipment manufacturer, since
October 1996.  From June 1994 to September 1994, he was Chairman of
the Board of Micro Component Technology, Inc., an equipment
manufacturer. He was President of Maxwell Communication Corporation
North America, a printing, publishing, telecommunications and
information management company, from August 1988 to July 1990.  

       There are no family relationships between any directors or executive 
officers of the Company.


COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

        Non-employee directors are compensated as follows:  a 
retainer of $4,000 is paid each quarter; a fee of $2,000 per day 
is paid for each regular or special meeting of the Board of 
Directors or committee meetings attended in person; a fee of 
$2,000 per day is paid for consulting services; and travel 
expenses are reimbursed for any director who travels more than 50 
miles to attend a meeting.  During the Last Fiscal Year, no 
consulting fees were paid to directors.

        In addition, in January 1990 the Company adopted a Directors' Stock
Option Plan (the "Directors' Plan"), which was approved by the shareholders in
July 1990.  Under the terms of the Directors' Plan, each non-employee director
is automatically granted, on the date he or she first becomes a director, an
initial option to purchase 20,000 shares and, on the date of his or her annual
reelection to the Board, an additional option to purchase 5,000 shares.  The
exercise price of the automatic options is the fair market value of the Common
Stock as determined by the closing price reported by the Nasdaq National Market
on the date of grant.  Options granted under the Directors' Plan have a
five-year term and vest over four years; one quarter (1/4) of the shares vest
one year from the date of grant and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total
shares vest each month thereafter.

        On August 1, 1996, automatic options were granted to 
directors Bell, Guzy, Rea, Rhines and Smith to purchase 5,000 
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $14.0625 per share, 
the fair market value on the date of grant.  Mr. Rea is not 
standing for reelection.


                          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth the compensation earned 
during the fiscal years ended March 29, 1997, March 30, 1996 and 
April 1, 1995, by the Company's Chief Executive Officer, and the four
highest-paid executive officers.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Annual Compensation                Long-Term Compensation Awards 
                                 ---------------------------------     ----------------------------------
                                                                         Securities         All Other
                                                                         Underlying        Compensation
Name and Principal Position      Year    Salary ($)(1)    Bonus($)         Options (#)         ($)(2)
- ---------------------------      ----    -------------  ----------      --------------     --------------
<S>                             <C>     <C>            <C>             <C>                <C>
   Michael L. Hackworth          1997    397,488                -           150,000             1,000
   President and Chief           1996    397,488                -                 -           313,078
   Executive Officer             1995    375,000        1,073,980           300,000             1,000

   William D. Caparelli          1997    234,133          100,000 (3)        93,000           171,973 (4)
   Senior Vice President         1996    223,418                -            36,000           167,556
   Worldwide Sales               1995    205,062          415,511            36,000             1,000

   Michael L. Canning            1997    249,947          200,000 (3)        50,000             1,000
   President, Mass Storage       1996    246,578                -            50,000            79,166
   Products Company              1995    227,900          502,601            25,000             1,000

   Suhas S. Patil                1997    270,504                -            50,000             1,000
   Chairman, Executive Vice      1996    270,504                -            70,000           213,383
   President, Products and       1995    255,200          713,186            70,000             1,000
   Technology      

   Thomas F. Kelly (5)           1997    255,769                -                 -                 -
   Executive Vice President,     1996          -                -           240,000                 -
   Finance and Administration    1995          -                -                 -                 -
   Chief Financial Officer 
   and Treasurer

<FN>

(1)     Amounts shown are before salary reductions resulting from employee
contributions to the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.

(2)     Included in the "All Other Compensation" column for the Last 
Fiscal Year are matching contributions of $1,000 each paid by the Company
under the 401(k) Plan to Mr. Hackworth, Mr. Canning and Dr. Patil.  Also
included are partial payments paid under the terms of the Senior Executive
Variable Compensation Plan ("SEVCP"), in the first and second quarters of
fiscal 1996.  Payments were based on each quarter's performance and were
made to Mr. Hackworth, Dr. Patil, and Mr. Caparelli in the amounts of
$312,078, $212,383, and $132,093, respectively.  However, due to losses
incurred in the following fiscal quarters, the payments exceeded what was
earned on a full fiscal year basis and, accordingly, the amount of the
payments will be deducted from any future bonuses due under the SEVCP.  In
order to formalize this arrangement, repayment agreements were executed for
the amounts due.  However, the amounts do not bear interest, and, since
they are repayable only out of future bonuses, they have no specific
maturity date.  No Named Executive Officer received perquisites during
fiscal 1997, 1996 or 1995 equal to or in excess of $50,000 or 10% of such
Named Executive Officer's salary plus bonus for such fiscal year.

(3)     Amount shown is a special retention bonus paid in the Last 
Fiscal Year. 

(4)     Includes commission paid for the first, second and third 
quarters of the Last Fiscal Year.

(5)     Mr. Kelly joined the Company in March 1996.

</TABLE>

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

        The following table provides information with respect to 
options granted in the Last Fiscal Year to the Named Executive 
Officers.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                    Potential 
                                                                                 Realizable Value 
                                                                                at Assumed Annual 
                                                                              Rates of Stock Price                                 
                                                                                Appreciation for
                          Individual Grants                                        Option Term
                     ---------------------------                             --------------------------
                                      % of Total
                      Number of        Options
                      Securities      Granted to
                       Underlying     Employees     Exercise
                       Options        in Fiscal      Price      Expiration
        Name          Granted (1)     Year (2)      (S/sh)         Date         5%($)(3)    10% ($)(3)
- --------------------  ------------   -----------   ---------    -----------  ------------  ------------
<S>                  <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
Michael L. Hackworth   150,000 (4)     4.42%       $19.375        09/25/06    $ 1,827,725   $ 4,631,814

William D. Caparelli    93,000 (5)     2.74%       $19.375        09/25/06    $ 1,133,190   $ 2,871,724

Michael L. Canning      50,000 (6)     1.47%       $19.375        09/25/06    $   609,242   $ 1,543,938

Suhas S. Patil          50,000 (6)     1.47%       $19.375        09/25/06    $   609,242   $ 1,543,938

Thomas F. Kelly              -            -              -               -              -             -

<FN>

(1)     All options have exercise prices equal to the fair market 
value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant. 
The Compensation Committee has the discretion and authority 
to amend and reprice the outstanding options.  On April 30, 
1997, the Company granted new options with an exercise price 
of $9.1875 to current employees and cancelled outstanding 
options with exercise prices above $9.1875 per share.  All 
replacement options are subject to a one-year blackout on 
exercise.  If an employee voluntarily terminates his 
employment prior to the end of the blackout period, he will 
forfeit any repriced options.

(2)     Based on 3,396,055 shares granted to all employees during 
the Last Fiscal Year.

(3)     The 5% and 10% assumed compound rates of annual stock price 
appreciation are mandated by the rules of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission and do not represent the Company's 
estimate or projection of future Common Stock prices.

(4)  37,500 shares vest on September 25, 1997 and 112,500 shares 
vest monthly from October 25, 1997 through September 25, 
2000.

(5)  15,000 shares vest on September 25, 1997, 14,000 shares vest 
on September 25, 1998 and September 25, 1999, and 50,000 
shares vest on September 25, 2000.      

(6)  50,000 shares vest on September 25, 2000.

</TABLE>

Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year End Option 
Values

        The following table provides information with respect to 
option exercises in the Last Fiscal Year by the Named Executive 
Officers and the value of their unexercised options at Fiscal Year 
End.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Number of                   Value of
                                                     Securities Underlying           Unexercised 
                                                      Unexercised Options        In-the-Money Options
                                                         at Fiscal Year             at Fiscal Year
                                                           End (#) (2)               End ($)(2)(3)
                                                     -----------------------     ----------------------
                            Shares         Value
                          Acquired on     Realized
         Name             Exercise (#)    ($) (1)      Vested      Unvested         Vested      Unvested
- -----------------------   ------------    --------   ----------   ----------     -----------   ----------
<S>                      <C>             <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>
Michael L. Hackworth                -           -      746,909      333,091      $ 1,039,227   $    8,273

William D. Caparelli                -           -       54,226      195,000      $   190,307   $  112,500

Michael L. Canning                  -           -       81,348      194,000      $   306,250   $  165,000

Suhas S. Patil                      -           -      269,378      260,622      $   856,875   $  187,500

Thomas F. Kelly                     -           -       60,000      180,000      $         -   $        -


(1)     Market value of the shares on date of exercise, less the 
exercise price.

(2)  All options are immediately exercisable, but shares issued 
upon exercise are subject to vesting restrictions.  
Accordingly, there were no unexercisable options outstanding 
at fiscal year end.

(3)  Value is based on fair market value of the Company's Common 
Stock of $12.125 per share on March 27, 1997 (the last 
trading day of the Last Fiscal Year), less the exercise 
price. 



LIMITATION ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS

       The Company's Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended (the 
"Articles"), of the Company limits the liability of a director to the Company
or its shareholders for monetary damages to the fullest extent permissible
under California law, and authorizes the Company to provide indemnification to
its agents (including officers and directors), subject to the limitations of
the California Corporations Code set forth below.  The Company's Bylaws, as
amended further provide for indemnification of corporate agents to the maximum
extent permitted by the California Corporations Code. 

       Section 317 of the California Corporations Code authorizes a  
court to award, or a corporation's Board of Directors to grant, indemnity to 
directors and officers who are parties or are threatened to be made parties 
to any proceeding (with certain exceptions) by reason of the fact that the 
person is or was an agent of the corporation, against expenses, judgments, 
fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in 
connection with the  proceeding if that person acted in good faith and in a 
manner the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the  
corporation.  The provision does not extend to acts or omissions of a 
director in his capacity as an officer. Further, the provision has no effect 
on claims arising under federal or state securities laws and does not affect 
the availability of injunctions and  other equitable remedies available to 
the Company's shareholders for any violation of a director's fiduciary duty 
to the Company or its shareholders.  Although the validity and scope of the 
legislation underlying the provision have not yet been interpreted to any  
significant extent by the California courts, the provision may relieve  
directors of monetary liability to the Company for grossly negligent  
conduct, including conduct in situations involving attempted takeovers of 
the Company.

        The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of
its officers and directors. These agreements indemnify them against certain
potential liabilities that may arise as a result of their service to the
Company, and provide for certain other protection. The Company also maintains
insurance policies which insure its officers and directors against certain
liabilities.


         EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
                   AND CHANGE-IN-CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS


        Upon joining the Company, Thomas F. Kelly was granted a non-
qualified stock option to purchase 240,000 shares of Cirrus Logic 
Common Stock.  The terms of the option state that in the event of 
his termination as a result of the Company begin acquired, any 
unvested shares will vest on the date of termination.


                         STOCK OPTION PLANS

The 1990 Directors' Stock Option Plan

       The 1990 Directors' Stock Option Plan (the "Directors' Plan") was
adopted by the Board of Directors in January 1990 and approved by the
shareholders in July 1990. A total of 185,000 shares of Common Stock are
reserved for issuance thereunder. The Directors' Plan is administered by
non-employee Directors of the Board of Directors.  Each Outside Director is
automatically granted an initial option to purchase 10,000 shares of Common
Stock upon the date such person first becomes a Director, and, upon his or her
annual reelection to the Board, an additional option to purchase 2,500 shares
of Common Stock. Grants of Special Options are made at the discretion of
the Board.  All options granted under the Directors' Plan are nonstatutory
stock options.

       Options granted under the Directors' Plan have a term of five years
and are exercisable only while the Outside Director remains an Outside
Director of the Company or within seven (7) months of the date the Outside
Director ceases to serve as a Director.  The exercise price of Automatic
Options is 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant of
the option. The exercise price of the Special Option is determined by the
Board.  Automatic Options are immediately exercisable and subject to
repurchase by the Company as to any unvested shares upon cessation of status
as an Outside Director.  Special Options are subject to vesting as
determined by the Board of Directors and approved by the shareholders.

       In the event of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, all options 
will terminate immediately before consummation of such event. In the event of a
proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or
merger of the Company with or into another corporation, all options shall be
assumed or equivalent options shall be substituted, by such successor
corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation.  The Board 
of Directors may amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Directors' Plan; 
provided, however, that the terms of Automatic Options may not be amended more 
than once in any six-month period. The grant of options under the Directors'
Plan is determined by the Directors' Plan with respect to Automatic Options and
is subject to the individual director's election, appointment or reelection to
the Board. The grant of Special Options is at the discretion of the Board of
Directors and the approval of the shareholders of the Company.


1996 Stock Plan

        The Company's 1996 Stock Plan (the "Stock Plan") provides for the
granting of employees of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section
422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and for the granting to
employees, directors and consultants of nonstatutory stock options and stock
purchase rights ("SPRs").  The Stock Plan was approved by the Board of
Directors in May 1996 and the stockholders in August 1996.  Unless terminated
sooner, the Stock Plan will automatically terminate ten years from approval
date.  A total of 2,500,000 shares are currently authorized for issuance under
the Stock Plan. The Stock Plan may generally be administered by the Board of
Directors or by a committee appointed by the Board of Directors (" the
Committee").  Options and SPRs granted under the Stock Plan are generally not
transferable by the optionee.  Options granted under the Stock Plan must
generally vest and become exercisable over four years.  In the case of SPRs,
unless the Board or the Committee determines otherwise, the Company's grant
shall be subject to a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or
involuntary termination of the purchaser's employment.  The purchase price for
shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is the
original price paid by the purchaser and may be repaid by cancellation of any
indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company.

        The exercise price of all incentive stock options granted under the
Stock Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock
on the date of grant. The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options and
SPR's granted to under the Stock Plan is determined by the Board or the
Committee.  In order to preserve the Company's ability to deduct the
compensation income associated with options granted to certain executive
officers of the Company and comply with the limitations imposed on such grants
by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the Stock Plan provides that no
employee may be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, options to purchase
more than 400,000 shares of Common Stock.  In connection with an employee's
initial employment, however, such employee may be granted options to purchase
to up to an additional 800,000 shares of Common Stock under the Stock Plan.
Options granted under the Stock Plan must generally be exercised within 30 days
of the end of the optionee's status as an employee or consultant of the
Company, or in no event later than the ten years from the date of grant of such
option.

        Participation in the Stock Plan is voluntary and dependent on each
eligible employee's election to participate.  The Stock Plan provides that, in
the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or a sale
of substantially all the Company's assets, each option or SPR shall be assumed
or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation.  If the
outstanding options or SPRs are not assumed or substituted with an equivalent
option of the successor corporation, the optionee shall fully vest in and have
the right to exercise the option or SPR as to all of the optioned stock,
including the shares as to which it would not otherwise have been vested and be
exercisable.  In the event an option or SPR becomes exercisable in full in the
event of a merger or sale of assets, the Committee shall notify the optionee
that the option or SPR shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of
fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the option or SPR will
terminate upon the expiration of such.


                         EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan       

        The Company's 1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan")
was adopted by the Board of Directors in March 1989 and approved by the
stockholders in August 1996.  A total of 3,400,000 shares of Common Stock has
been reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan, which is intended to
qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Purchase Plan is
implemented by consecutive and non-overlapping offering periods that begin
every six months.  The first offering period commenced on June 8, 1989, and
terminated on December 31, 1989. Subsequent offering periods were every six
month period thereafter.  Since the Compensation Committee has the power to
change the duration of the future offering periods, on May 24, 1994 the
offering periods were amended to coincide with the accounting and payroll
schedules and include thirteen pay periods per offering.   Accordingly, the
changed offering period ended on June 29, 1996.  The next offering period
commenced on June 30, 1996 and terminated on  January 14, 1997.  The
Purchase Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors.  The Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to Purchase Common
Stock through payroll deductions; provided, however that immediately after
the grant of such option, the employee would not own more than five percent
(5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of
stock of the Company or its subsidiaries (including stock issuable upon
exercise of options held by him or her) and such grant would not exceed more
than $25,000 of stock (determined at the fair market value of the shares at
the time the option is granted) in any calendar year. The price of the of
stock purchased under the Purchase Plan is 85% of the lower of the fair
market value of the Common stock at the beginning of the offering period or
at the end of the relevant purchase period.  Employees may end their
participation at any time with at least fifteen (15) days notice prior to
the end of an offering period, and they will be paid their payroll
deductions to date. Participation ends automatically upon the termination of
employment with the Company. 

        Participation in the Purchase Plan is voluntary and dependent on each 
eligible employee's election to participate.  The Purchase Plan provides that,
in the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or a
sale of substantially all the Company's assets, the Board of Directors shall
shorten the offering period then in progress such that the employees' rights
to purchase stock under the Purchase Plan are exercised prior to the merger or
sale of assets.  The Purchase Plan will terminate in March 2009, unless
terminated earlier by the Board.


                         EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

       The Company and its subsidiaries have adopted 401(k) Profit Sharing
Plans (the "Plans") covering substantially all of their qualifying domestic
employees. Under the Plans, employees may elect to reduce their current
compensation by up to 15% subject to annual limitations, and have the amount
of such reduction contributed to the Plans.  The Plans permit, but do not
require, additional discretionary contributions by the Company on behalf of
all participants. During fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company and its
subsidiaries matched employee contributions up to various maximums per plan
for a total of approximately $2,046,000, $2,111,000 and $1,849,000,
respectively.  The Company intends to continue the contributions in fiscal
1998.


               THE SENIOR EXECUTIVE VARIABLE COMPENSATION PLAN

       The Company established the Senior Executive Variable Compensation
Plan (the "SEVCP")in 1990. In August 1995, the Company shareholders
approved the SEVCP in order to qualify payments under the terms of the plan
as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code, which permits a Company to deduct more than $1 million of
compensation paid to the executive officers named in the summary
compensation table in the proxy statement (the "Covered Employees") under
certain performance-based compensation plans that are approved by
shareholders. 

       The plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board
of Directors (the "Committee"), subject to ratification by the Board of
Directors.  The individuals who are eligible to participate in the SEVCP
are the executive officers and other key employees of Cirrus Logic who are
or who may become Covered Employees.  Under the SEVCP, participants are
eligible to receive bonus payments based upon the attainment and
certification of performance measures pre-established by the Committee.
SEVCP payments are generally made in cash as soon as is practicable
following determination of the amount of the bonus payment.  The primary
performance measures for the plan are corporate profitability and growth as
measured by certain performance measures and financial ratios.  The impact
of any acquisitions or mergers during the plan year will be excluded from
the performance measures.  Participants who have primary responsibility for
a business unit of the Company may be measured on business unit performance
measures, in place of some or all of the corporate performance measures.

       The Committee may terminate, suspend or amend the SEVCP, so long as
shareholder approval has been obtained if required in order for awards to
qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the
Code. Under present federal income tax law, participants will realize
ordinary income equal to the amount of the award received in the year of
receipt, and the Company will receive a corresponding deduction for the
amount constituting ordinary income to the participant at the same time the
participant recognizes that ordinary income, provided that the SEVCP
satisfies the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.


           COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

       During the fiscal year ended March 29, 1997, the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors consisted of directors Rea, Rhines and
Smith.  No executive officer of the Company served on the compensation
committee of another entity or on any other committee of the board of
directors of another entity performing similar functions during the Last
Fiscal Year.  Director Rea is not standing for reelection.


                SHARE OWNERSHIP OF DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
                       AND CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

        The following table sets forth certain information known to 
the Company regarding the beneficial ownership of the Company's 
Common Stock as of  March 29, 1997 by (i) each shareholder known 
to the Company to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of the 
Company's Common Stock; (ii) each director; (iii) each of the 
Named Executive Officers and (iv) all current executive officers 
and directors of the Company as a group.  Unless otherwise 
indicated in the footnotes, the beneficial owner has sole voting 
and investment power with respect to the securities beneficially 
owned, subject only to community property laws, if applicable.

                                                 Number of
        Beneficial Owner                         Shares (1)    Percent
- ----------------------------------------------   ----------    -------                 
Merrill Lynch Asset Management, L. P. (2)(3)     4,000,000       6.05%
  P.O. Box 9011
  Princeton, NJ   08543

Suhas S. Patil (4)                               1,352,560       2.04

Michael L. Hackworth (5)                         1,363,784       2.06

Michael L. Canning (6)                             403,530        *

William D. Caparelli (7)                           298,734        *

Thomas F. Kelly (8)                                240,000        *

D. James Guzy (9)                                  187,782        *

C. Gordon Bell (10)                                 50,000        *

C. Woodrow Rea, Jr. (11)                            31,000        *

Walden C. Rhines (12)                               30,000        *

Robert H. Smith (13)                                16,250        *

All current executive officers and directors     6,036,628       9.12%
as a group (19 Persons) (14) 


*  Less than 1% 

(1)     All options granted under the Amended 1987 Stock Option Plan 
and the Amended 1990 Directors' Stock Option Plan (the 
"Plans") are immediately exercisable,  but shares issued 
upon exercise  of  unvested options are subject to vesting 
restrictions.  Accordingly, all outstanding options granted 
under the Plans  are exercisable within sixty (60) days of 
the Record Date.  See "Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year 
and Fiscal Year End Option Values" table for vested and 
unvested shares for the Named Executive Officers.

(2)     As reported in the most recent filings with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission.

(3)  Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. shares voting and dispositive 
power with respect to 4,000,000 shares with Merrill Lynch 
Group, Inc., Princeton Services, Inc., Merrill Lynch Asset 
Management, L.P. and Merrill Lynch Growth Fund for 
Investment and Retirement

(4)     Includes (i) 530,000 shares issuable upon exercise of 
options held by Dr. Patil exercisable within sixty (60) days 
of  March 29, 1997 and (ii) 73,400 shares held by family 
members and trusts for the benefit of family members, with 
respect to which Dr. Patil disclaims beneficial ownership.

(5)     Includes 1,090,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options 
held by Mr. Hackworth exercisable within sixty (60) days of 
March 29, 1997.

(6)     Includes 275,348 shares issuable upon exercise of options 
held by Dr. Canning exercisable within sixty (60) days of 
March 29, 1997.

(7)     Includes 249,226 shares issuable upon exercise of options 
held by Mr. Caparelli exercisable within sixty (60) days of 
March 29, 1997.

(8)     Includes 240,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options 
held by Mr. Kelly exercisable within sixty (60) days of 
March 29, 1997. 

(9)     Includes 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options 
held by Mr. Guzy exercisable within sixty (60) days of March 
29, 1997.  Also includes 162,782 shares held by Arbor 
Company, of which Mr. Guzy is President and may therefore be 
deemed to be the beneficial owner.

(10)    Includes 20,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options 
held by Dr. Bell exercisable within sixty (60) days of March 
29, 1997.

(11)    Includes 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options 
held by Mr. Rea exercisable within sixty (60) days of March 
29, 1997.  Mr. Rea is not standing for reelection.

(12)    Includes 30,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options 
held by Mr. Rhines exercisable within sixty (60) days of 
March 29, 1997.

(13)    Includes 16,250 shares issuable upon exercise of options 
held by Mr. Smith exercisable within sixty (60) days of 
March 29, 1997.

(14)    Includes 4,130,918 shares issuable upon exercise of options 
held by executive officers and directors exercisable within 
sixty (60) days of March 29, 1997.



                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

       Sam S. Srinivasan retired from the Company in April 1996. The Company 
entered into a Retirement Agreement with Mr. Srinivasan in connection
therewith.  Mr. Srinivasan had been Chief Financial Officer.  Under the
retirement agreement, Mr. Srinivasan received a lump-sum payment equal to
one year's salary, $235,956, plus forgiveness of an outstanding loan and
tax reimbursement therefor totaling $410,281.  Mr. Srinivasan's stock
options vested through September 30, 1996.  In addition, Mr. Srinivasan had
a consulting agreement to provide services to the Company for a transition
period of three months.

       The Company has entered into an agreement with Douglas J. Bartek who
resigned from his position of President, Visual and Systems Interface Company
on April 19, 1996 to assume the CEO position of a divested operation. Under
the agreement, Mr. Bartek received a lump-sum payment equal to one year's
salary, $264,368.  He has agreed to provide consulting services to the Company
for a period of up to one year. During the consulting period, certain stock
options held by Mr. Bartek will vest based on the attainment of specific
goals as stated in the consulting agreement and he may receive relocation
benefits in connection with the divested operation.  


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

       As of March 29, 1997, the authorized capital stock of the Company
consisted of 140,000,000 shares of Common Stock, no par value, and 5,000,000
shares of Preferred Stock, no par value.


Common Stock

       The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all
matters to be voted upon by the shareholders, except that upon giving the
legally required notice, shareholders may cumulate their votes in the election
of directors.  Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding
Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably
such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of
Directors out of funds legally available therefor.  See "Dividend Policy."  In
the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders
of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after
payment of liabilities, subject to prior liquidation rights of Preferred Stock,
if any, then outstanding.  The Common Stock has no preemptive or conversion
rights or other subscription rights.  There are no redemption or sinking fund
provisions applicable to the Common Stock.  All outstanding shares of Common
Stock are fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

       The Preferred Stock is authorized but unissued.  The Board of Directors 
has the authority to issue the undesignated Preferred Stock in one or more
series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted
to or imposed upon any wholly unissued shares of undesignated Preferred Stock
and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designations of
such series, without any further vote or action by the shareholders.   Although
it has no intention to do so, the Board of Directors, without shareholder
approval, can issue Preferred Stock with voting and conversion rights which
could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of Common Stock.  The
issuance of Preferred Stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or
preventing a change in control of the Company.


                      DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRABLE NOTES 

       The Registrable Notes have been issued under an indenture, dated as 
of December 15, 1996, between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust 
Company, as Trustee (the "Indenture").  The following summaries of certain 
provisions of the Registrable Notes and the Indenture do not purport to be 
complete and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by 
reference to, all the provisions of the Registrable Notes and the Indenture, 
including the definitions therein of certain terms that are not otherwise 
defined in this Prospectus. Wherever particular provisions or defined terms 
of the Indenture (or of the form of Registrable Note that is a part thereof) 
are referred to, such provisions or defined terms are incorporated herein by 
reference. 


General 

       The Registrable Notes are unsecured general obligations of the 
Company subordinate in right of payment to certain other obligations of the 
Company as described under "--Subordination," and convertible into Common 
Stock as described under "--Conversion Rights."  The Registrable Notes will 
mature on December 15, 2003, unless earlier redeemed at the option of the 
Company or repurchased by the Company at the option of the holder upon the 
occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined). 

       The Registrable Notes bear interest from the most recent date that 
interest has been paid, or if no interest has been paid, from December 18, 
1996, at 6% per annum.  Interest is payable semi-annually on June 15 and 
December 15, commencing on June 15, 1997, to holders of record at the close 
of business on the preceding June 1 and December 1, respectively.  Interest 
will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day 
months. 

       Principal will be payable, and the Registrable Notes may be presented 
for conversion, registration of transfer and exchange, without service 
charge, at the office of the Company maintained by the Company for such 
purposes in New York, New York, which shall initially be the office or 
agency of the Trustee in New York, New York. 

       The Indenture does not contain any financial covenants or any 
restrictions on the payment of dividends, the repurchase of securities of 
the Company or the incurrence of Senior Indebtedness or other indebtedness. 
The Indenture contains no covenants or other provisions to afford protection 
to holders of Notes in the event of a highly leveraged transaction or a 
change in control of the Company except to the extent described under "--
Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Change in Control" below. 


Conversion Rights 

       The Holder of any Registrable Note will have the right at the Holders 
option, to convert any portion of the principal amount of any Registrable 
Note that is an integral multiple of $1,000 into shares of Common Stock at 
any time on or after March 18, 1997 and prior to the close of business on 
the maturity date, unless previously redeemed or repurchased, at a 
conversion rate of 41.2903 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal 
amount of Notes (the "Conversion Rate") (equivalent to a conversion price of 
approximately $24.219 per share of Common Stock), subject to adjustment as 
described below. The right to convert a Registrable Note called for 
redemption or submitted for repurchase will terminate at the close of 
business on the last Business Day prior to the Redemption Date or Repurchase 
Date for such Registrable Note, as the case may be. (Section 12.1) 

       The right of conversion attaching to any Registrable Note may be 
exercised by the Holder by delivering the Registrable Note at the office or 
agency of the Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, 
accompanied by a duly signed and completed notice of conversion.  Such 
notice of conversion can be obtained from the Trustee.  Beneficial owners of 
interests in a Registered Global Note may exercise their right of conversion 
by delivering to The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") the appropriate 
instruction form for conversion pursuant to DTC's conversion program.  Such 
notice of conversion can be obtained at the office of any Conversion Agent. 
The conversion date will be the date on which the Registrable Note and the 
duly signed and completed notice of conversion are so delivered.  As 
promptly as practicable on or after the conversion date, the Company will 
issue and deliver to the Trustee a certificate or certificates for the 
number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion, together 
with payment in lieu of any fraction of a share; such certificate will be 
sent by the Trustee to the Conversion Agent for delivery to the Holder. 
Such shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Registrable 
Notes, in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, will be fully 
paid and nonassessable and will rank pari passu with the other shares of 
Common Stock of the Company outstanding from time to time. Any Registrable 
Note surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business 
on any Regular Record Date to the  opening of business on the next 
succeeding Interest Payment Date (except Registrable Notes (or portions 
thereof) called for redemption on a Redemption Date or repurchaseable on a 
Repurchase Date occurring, in either case, within such period (including any 
Registrable Notes (or portions thereof) called for redemption on a 
Redemption Date or submitted for repurchase on a Repurchase Date that is a 
Regular Record Date or Interest Payment Date, as the case may be)) must be 
accompanied by payment of an amount equal to the interest payable on such 
Interest Payment Date on the principal amount of Registrable Notes being 
surrendered for conversion.  The interest payable on such Interest Payment 
Date with respect to any Registrable Note (or portion thereof, if 
applicable) which has been called for redemption on a Redemption Date, or is 
repurchaseable on a Repurchase Date, occurring, in either case, during the 
period from the close of business on any Regular Record Date next preceding 
any Interest Payment Date to the opening of business on such Interest 
Payment Date (including any Notes (or portions thereof) called for 
redemption on a Redemption Date or submitted for repurchase on a Repurchase 
Date that is a Regular Record Date or Interest Payment Date, as the case may 
be), which Note (or portion thereof, if applicable) is surrendered for 
conversion during such period (or on the last Business Day prior to the 
Regular Record Date or Interest Payment Date in the case of a Registrable 
Note (or portions thereof) called for redemption or submitted for repurchase 
on a Regular Record Date or Interest Payment Date, as the case may be), 
shall be paid to the Holder of such Registrable Note being converted in an 
amount equal to the interest that would have been payable on such 
Registrable Note if such Registrable Note had been converted as of the close 
of business on such Interest Payment Date.  The interest payable on such 
Interest Payment Date in respect of any Registrable Note (or portion 
thereof, as the case may be) which has not been called for redemption on a 
Redemption Date, or is not eligible for repurchase on a Repurchase Date, 
occurring, in either case, during the period from the close of business on 
any Regular Record Date next preceding any Interest Payment Date to the 
opening of business on such Interest Payment Date, which Registrable Note 
(or portion thereof, as the case may be) is surrendered for conversion 
during such period, shall be paid to the Holder of such Registrable Note as 
of such Regular Record Date.  Interest payable in respect of any Registrable 
Note surrendered for conversion on or after an Interest Payment Date shall 
be paid to the Holder of such Registrable Note as of the next preceding 
Regular Record Date, notwithstanding the exercise of the right of 
conversion.  As a result of the foregoing provisions, Holders that surrender 
Registrable Notes for conversion on a date that is not an Interest Payment 
Date will not receive any interest for the period from the Interest Payment 
Date next preceding the date of conversion to the date of conversion or for 
any later period, even if the Registrable Notes are surrendered after a 
notice of redemption (except for the payment of interest on Registrable 
Notes called for redemption on a Redemption Date or submitted for repurchase 
on a Repurchase Date between a Regular Record Date and the Interest Payment 
Date to which it relates (including any Registrable Notes (or portions 
thereof) called for redemption on a Redemption Date or submitted for 
repurchase on a Repurchase Date that is a Regular Record Date or Interest 
Payment Date, as the case may be), as provided above). No other payment or 
adjustment for interest, or for any dividends in respect of Common Stock, 
will be made upon conversion. Holders of Common Stock issued upon conversion 
will not be entitled to receive any dividends payable to holders of Common 
Stock as of any record time or date before the close of business on the 
conversion date. No fractional shares will be issued upon conversion but, in 
lieu thereof, an appropriate amount will be paid in cash by the Company 
based on the market bid price of Common Stock at the close of business on 
the day of conversion. (Sections  2.2, 3.7, 12.2 and 12.3) 


       A Holder delivering a Registrable Note for conversion will not be 
required to pay any taxes or duties in respect of the issue or delivery of 
Common Stock on conversion but will be required to pay any tax or duty which 
may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or delivery 
of the Common Stock in a name other than that of the Holder of the 
Registrable Note.  Certificates representing shares of Common Stock will not 
be issued or delivered unless all taxes and duties, if any, payable by the 
Holder have been paid. 

       The Conversion Rate is subject to adjustment in certain events, 
including, without duplication: (a) dividends (and other distributions)  
payable in Common Stock on shares of Common Stock of the Company, (b) the 
issuance to all holders of Common Stock of rights, options or warrants 
entitling them to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock at less than the 
then Current Market Price of such Common Stock (determined as provided in 
the Indenture) as of the record date for shareholders entitled to receive 
such rights, options or warrants (provided that the Conversion Rate will be 
readjusted to the extent any such rights, options or warrants are not 
exercised prior to the expiration thereof), (c) subdivisions, combinations 
and reclassifications of Common Stock, (d) distributions to all holders of 
Common Stock of evidences of indebtedness of the Company, shares of capital 
stock, cash or assets (including securities, but excluding those dividends, 
rights, options, warrants and distributions referred to above or dividends 
and distributions paid exclusively in cash), (e) distributions consisting 
exclusively of cash (excluding any cash portion of distributions referred to 
in (d) above) to all holders of Common Stock in an aggregate amount that, 
combined together with (i) other such all-cash distributions made within the 
preceding 12 months in respect of which no adjustment has been made and (ii) 
any cash and the fair market value of other consideration payable in respect 
of any tender offer by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for Common 
Stock concluded within the preceding 12 months in respect of which no 
adjustment has been made exceeds 12.5% of the Company's market 
capitalization (for this purpose being the product of the Current Market 
Price per share of the Common Stock on the record date for such 
distribution times the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding) on such 
date, and (f) the successful completion of a tender offer made by the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries for Common Stock which involves an 
aggregate consideration that, together with (i) any cash and other 
consideration payable in a tender offer by the Company or any of its 
subsidiaries for Common Stock expiring within the 12 months preceding the 
expiration of such tender offer in respect of which no adjustment has been 
made and (ii) the aggregate amount of any such all-cash distributions 
referred to in (e) above to all holders of Common Stock within the 12 months 
preceding the expiration of such tender offer in respect of which no 
adjustments have been made, exceeds 12.5% of the Company's market 
capitalization on the expiration of such tender offer.  The Company reserves 
the right to make such reductions in the Conversion Rate in addition to 
those required in the foregoing provisions as it considers to be advisable 
in order that any event treated for United States federal income tax 
purposes as a dividend of stock or stock rights will not be taxable to the 
recipients. No adjustment of the Conversion Rate will be required to be made 
until the cumulative adjustments amount to 1.0% or more of the Conversion 
Rate. (Section 12.4) The Company will compute any adjustments to the 
Conversion Rate pursuant to this paragraph and will give notice by mail to 
Holders of the Registrable Notes of any adjustments. (Section 12.5) 

       In case of any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into 
another Person or any merger of another Person into the Company (other than 
a merger which does not result in any reclassification, conversion, exchange 
or cancellation of the Common Stock), or in case of any sale, transfer or 
lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, each 
Registrable Note then outstanding will, without the consent of the Holder of 
any Registrable Note, become convertible only into the kind and amount of 
securities, cash and other property receivable upon such consolidation, 
merger, sale, transfer or lease by a holder of the number of shares of 
Common Stock into which such Registrable Note was convertible immediately 
prior thereto (assuming such holder of Common Stock failed to exercise any 
rights of election and that such Note was then convertible). (Section 12.11) 

       The Company from time to time may increase the Conversion Rate by 
any amount for any period of at least 20 days, in which case the Company 
shall give at least 15 days' notice of such increase, if the Board of 
Directors has made a determination that such increase would be in the best 
interests of the Company, which determination shall be conclusive.  No such 
increase shall be taken into account for purposes of determining whether the 
closing price of the Common Stock exceeds the Conversion Price by 105% in 
connection with an event which otherwise would be a Change in Control. 
(Section 12.4) 

       If at any time the Company makes a distribution of property to its 
stockholders which would be taxable to such stockholders as a dividend for 
United States federal income tax purposes (e.g., distributions of evidences 
of indebtedness or assets of the Company, but generally not stock dividends 
on common stock or rights to subscribe for common stock) and, pursuant to 
the anti-dilution provisions of the Indenture, the number of shares into 
which Registrable Notes are convertible is increased, such increase may be 
deemed for federal income tax purposes to be the payment of a taxable 
dividend to Holders of Registrable Notes. See "United States Taxation -- 
United States Holders -- Dividends." 


Subordination 

       The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on 
the Registrable Notes (including any Liquidated Damages (as defined)) and 
any amounts payable upon the redemption or the repurchase of the Registrable 
Notes will be subordinated in right of payment to the extent set forth in 
the Indenture to the prior payment in full of the principal of, premium, if 
any, interest and other amounts in respect of all Senior Indebtedness of the 
Company. 

       "Senior Indebtedness" is defined in the Indenture to mean: the 
principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including all interest 
accruing subsequent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or similar 
proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowable 
as a claim in any such proceeding) on, and all fees and other amounts 
payable in connection with, the following, whether absolute or contingent, 
secured or unsecured, due or to become due, outstanding on the date of the 
Indenture or thereafter created, incurred or assumed: (a) indebtedness of 
the Company evidenced by credit or loan agreements, notes, bonds, 
debentures, or other written obligations, (b) all obligations of the Company 
for money borrowed, (c) all obligations of the Company evidenced by a note 
or similar instrument given in connection with the acquisition of any 
businesses, properties or assets of any kind, (d) obligations of the Company 
as lessee (i) under leases required to be capitalized on the balance sheet 
of the lessee under generally accepted accounting principles and (ii) under 
other leases for facilities, equipment or related assets, whether or not 
capitalized, entered into or leased after the date of the Indenture for 
financing purposes (as determined by the Company), (e) obligations of the 
Company under interest rate and currency swaps, caps, floors, collars, hedge 
agreements, forward contracts, or similar agreements or arrangements, (f) 
all obligations of the Company with respect to letters of credit, bankers' 
acceptances or similar facilities, (g) all obligations of the Company issued 
or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but 
excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of 
business), (h) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) 
through (g) above of another Person and all dividends of another Person, the 
payment of which, in either case, the Company has assumed or guaranteed, or 
for which the Company is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, 
jointly or severally, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, or which is 
secured by a lien on property of the Company, and (i) renewals, extensions, 
modifications, replacements, restatements and refundings of, or any 
indebtedness or obligation issued in exchange for, any such indebtedness or 
obligation described in clauses (a) through (h) of this paragraph; provided, 
however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include the Registrable Notes or 
any such indebtedness or obligation if the terms of such indebtedness or 
obligation (or the terms of the instrument under which, or pursuant to which 
it is issued) expressly provided that such indebtedness or obligation is 
not superior in right of payment to the Registrable Notes. 

       No payment on account of principal of, premium, if any, or interest 
on (including any Liquidated Damages), or the redemption or the repurchase 
of, the Registrable Notes may be made by the Company if (i) a default in the 
payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest (including a default 
under any repurchase or redemption obligation) or other amounts with respect 
to any Senior Indebtedness occurs and is continuing beyond the applicable 
grace period or (ii) any other event of default occurs and is continuing 
with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness (as defined below) that 
permits the holders thereof to accelerate the maturity thereof, and the 
Trustee receives a notice of such default (a "Payment Blockage Notice")  
from the Company, a holder of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or other 
person permitted to give such notice under the Indenture.  Payments on the 
Registrable Notes may and shall be resumed (a) in the case of a payment 
default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived and (b) in 
the case of a nonpayment default, the earlier of the date on which such 
nonpayment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on which 
the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received.  No new period of 
payment blockage may be commenced unless and until (i) 365 days have elapsed 
since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice and 
(ii) all scheduled payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on 
the Registrable Notes that have come due have been paid in full in cash.  No 
nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of 
any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis 
for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice.  "Designated Senior Indebtedness" 
means the Company's obligations under the Credit Agreement (as defined) and 
any particular Senior Indebtedness in which the instrument creating or 
evidencing the same or the assumption or guarantee thereof (or related 
agreements or documents to which the Company is a party) expressly provides 
that such Indebtedness shall be "Designated Senior Indebtedness" for 
purposes of the Indenture (provided that such instrument, agreement or other 
document may place limitations and conditions on the right of such Senior 
Indebtedness to exercise the rights of Designated Senior Indebtedness). 
(Sections 1.1 and 13.2)  In addition, upon any acceleration of the principal 
due on the Registrable Notes as a result of an Event of Default or payment 
or distribution of assets of the Company to creditors upon any dissolution, 
winding up, liquidation or reorganization, whether voluntary or involuntary, 
marshaling of assets, assignment for the benefit of creditors, or in 
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceedings of the 
Company, all principal, premium, if any, and interest or other amounts due 
on all Senior Indebtedness must be paid in full before the Holders of the 
Registrable Notes are entitled to receive any payment. (Sections 13.2 and 
13.3) By reason of such subordination, in the event of insolvency, creditors 
of the Company who are holders of Senior Indebtedness may recover more, 
ratably, than the Holders of the Registrable Notes, and such subordination 
may result in a reduction or elimination of payments to the Holders of the 
Registrable Notes. 

       In addition, the Registrable Notes will be structurally subordinated 
to all indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables and 
lease obligations) of the Company's subsidiaries, as any right of the 
Company to receive any assets of its subsidiaries upon their liquidation or 
reorganization (and the consequent right of the Holders of the Registrable 
Notes to participate in those assets)  will be effectively subordinated to 
the claims of that subsidiary's creditors (including trade creditors and 
lessors), except to the extent that the Company itself is recognized as a 
creditor of such subsidiary, in which case the claims of the Company would 
still be subordinate to any security interest in the assets of such 
subsidiary and any indebtedness of such subsidiary senior to that held by 
the Company. 

       As of March 29, 1997, the Company had approximately $139 million 
of indebtedness and other liabilities that constituted Senior Indebtedness, 
including approximately $41 million of letters of credit.  As of March 
29, 1997, the Company's subsidiaries had approximately $371 million of 
indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables and 
indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company's manufacturing joint 
ventures and excluding intercompany liabilities) as to which the Registrable 
Notes have been effectively subordinated.  Approximately $43 million of this 
amount is also included in the amount of the Company's outstanding Senior 
Indebtedness as of March 29, 1997, as set forth above.  The Indenture 
does not limit the Company's or its subsidiaries' ability to incur Senior 
Indebtedness or any other indebtedness or liabilities.  The Company expects 
from time to time to incur additional indebtedness and other liabilities, 
including Senior Indebtedness, and also expects that its subsidiaries will 
from time to time incur additional indebtedness and other liabilities. In 
particular, the Company anticipates incurring significant obligations, which 
may include additional Senior Indebtedness, in connection with its 
manufacturing program. See "Risk Factors -- Leverage and Subordination" and 
Business -- Manufacturing." 


Redemption 

       The Registrable Notes may not be redeemed at the option of the 
Company prior to December 16, 1999.  On and after December 16, 1999, the 
Registrable Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the 
Company, at the redemption prices specified below, upon not less than 20 nor 
more than 60 days' prior notice as provided under "-- Notices" below. 

       The redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) 
is as follows for the 12-month periods beginning on December 15 of the 
following years (or December 16, in the case of 1999): 

   Year                             Redemption Price 
 -------                            -----------------

   1999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    103.429% 
   2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    102.571 
   2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    101.714 
   2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    100.857 

and thereafter is equal to 100% of the principal amount, in each case 
together with accrued interest to the date of redemption.  (Sections 2.2, 
11.1, 11.5, 11.7) 

       No sinking fund is provided for the Registrable Notes. 


Payment and Conversion 

       The principal of Registrable Notes will be payable in U.S. dollars, 
against surrender thereof at the office or agency of the Trustee in the 
Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, by dollar check drawn on, or by 
transfer to a dollar account (such transfer to be made only to Holders of an 
aggregate principal amount of Registrable Notes in excess of U.S. 
$2,000,000).  Payment of any installment of interest on Registrable Notes 
will be made to the Person in whose name such Registrable Notes (or any 
predecessor Registrable Note) is registered at the close of business on the 
June 1 or the December 1 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately 
preceding the relevant Interest Payment Date (a "Regular Record Date").  
Payments of such interest will be made by a dollar check mailed to the 
Holder at such  Holder's registered address or, upon application by the 
Holder thereof to the Trustee not later than the applicable Regular Record 
Date, by transfer to a dollar account (such transfer to be made only to 
Holders of an aggregate principal amount of Notes in excess of U.S. 
$2,000,000). No transfer to a dollar account will be made unless the Trustee 
has received written wire instructions not less than 15 days prior to the 
relevant payment date. (Section 2.2) 

       Any payment on the Registrable Notes due on any day which is not a 
Business Day need not be made on such day, but may be made on the next 
succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such 
due date, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the period from 
and after such date.  "Business Day", when used with respect to any place of 
payment, place of conversion or any other place, as the case may be, means 
each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on 
which banking institutions in such place of payment, place of conversion or 
other place, as the case may be, are generally authorized or obligated by 
law or executive order to close; provided, however, that a day on which 
banking institutions in San Jose, California, Boston, Massachusetts, New 
York, New York or London, England are generally authorized or obligated by 
law or executive order to close shall not be a Business Day for certain 
purposes.  (Sections 1.1 and 2.2) 

       Registrable Notes may be surrendered for conversion at the office or 
agency of the Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.   
Registrable Notes surrendered for conversion must be accompanied by 
appropriate notices and any payments in respect of interest or taxes, as 
applicable, as described above under "-- Conversion Rights". (Sections 2.2 
and 12.2) 

       The Company has initially appointed the Trustee as Paying Agent and 
Conversion Agent. The Company may at any time terminate the appointment of 
any Paying Agent or Conversion Agent and appoint additional or other Paying 
Agents and Conversion Agents, provided that until the Registrable Notes have 
been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or moneys sufficient to pay 
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Registrable Notes 
have been made available for payment and either paid or returned to the 
Company as provided in the Indenture, it will maintain an office or agency 
in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for surrender of 
Registrable Notes for conversion, which shall initially be an office or 
agency of the Trustee as provided in the Indenture. Notice of any such 
termination or appointment and of any change in the office through which any 
Paying Agent or Conversion Agent will act will be given in accordance with 
"-- Notices" below.  (Section 10.2) 

       All moneys deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then 
held by the Company, in trust for the payment of principal of, premium, if 
any, or interest on any Registrable Notes which remain unclaimed at the end 
of two years after such payment has become due and payable will be repaid to 
the Company, and the Holder of such Registrable Note will thereafter look 
only to the Company for payment thereof.  (Section 10.3). 


Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Change in Control 

       If a Change in Control (as defined) occurs, each Holder of 
Registrable Notes shall have the right, at the Holder's option, to require 
the Company to repurchase all of such Holder's Registrable Notes not 
theretofore called for redemption, or any portion of the principal amount 
thereof that is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, 
on the date (the "Repurchase Date") that is 45 days after the date of the 
Company Notice (as defined), at a price equal to 100% of the principal 
amount of the Registrable Notes to be repurchased, together with interest 
accrued to the Repurchase Date (the "Repurchase Price"). (Section 14.1) 

       The Company may, at its option, in lieu of paying the Repurchase 
Price in cash, pay the Repurchase Price in Common Stock valued at 95% of the 
average of the closing bid prices of the Common Stock for the five trading 
days immediately preceding the second trading day prior to the Repurchase 
Date; provided that payment may not be made in Common Stock unless the 
Company satisfies certain conditions with respect to such payment prior to 
the Repurchase Date as provided in the Indenture. (Sections 14.1 and 14.2) 

       Within 30 days after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the 
Company is obligated to give to all Holders of the Registrable Notes notice, 
as provided in the Indenture (the "Company Notice"), of the occurrence of 
such Change in Control and of the repurchase right arising as a result 
thereof, or, at the request of the Company on or before the 15th day after 
the occurrence, the Trustee shall give the Company Notice.  The Company must 
also deliver a copy of the Company Notice to the Trustee.  To exercise the 
repurchase right, a Holder of Registrable Notes must deliver on or before 
the 30th day after the date of the Company Notice irrevocable written notice 
to the Trustee of the Holder's exercise of such right, together with the 
Registrable Notes with respect to which the right is being exercised. 
(Section 14.3) 

       A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred at such time 
after the original issuance of the Registrable Notes as there shall occur: 

          (i)  the acquisition by any Person (including any syndicate or 
group deemed to be a "person" under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)  
of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger 
or other acquisition transaction or series of transactions, of shares of 
capital stock of the Company entitling such Person to exercise 50% or more 
of the total voting power of all shares of capital stock of the Company 
entitled to vote generally in elections of directors, other than any such 
acquisition by the Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any employee 
benefit plan of the Company; or 

          (ii) any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the 
Company into, any other Person, any merger of another Person into the 
Company, or any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets 
(other than to a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company) of the Company to 
any other Person (other than (a) any such transaction pursuant to which the 
holders of 50% or more of the total voting power of all shares of capital 
stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in elections of directors 
immediately prior to such transaction have, directly or indirectly, at least 
50% or more of the total voting power of all shares of capital stock of the 
continuing or surviving corporation entitled to vote generally in elections 
of directors of the continuing or surviving corporation immediately after 
such transaction and (b) a merger (x) which does not result in any 
reclassification, conversion, exchange or cancellation of outstanding shares 
of capital stock of the Company or (y) which is effected solely to change 
the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company and results in a 
reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding shares of Common 
Stock into solely shares of common stock); provided, however, that a Change 
in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if either (a) the closing 
price per share of the Common Stock for any five trading days within the 
period of 10 consecutive trading days ending immediately after the later of 
the Change in Control or the public announcement of the Change in Control 
(in the case of a Change in Control under clause (i) above) or the period of 
10 consecutive trading days ending immediately before the Change in Control 
(in the case of a Change in Control under clause (ii) above) shall equal or 
exceed 105% of the Conversion Price of the Registrable Notes in effect on 
each such trading day, or (b) all of the consideration (excluding cash 
payments for fractional shares and cash payments made pursuant to 
dissenters' appraisal rights) in a merger or consolidation constituting the 
Change in Control described in clause (i) and/or clause (ii) above consists 
of shares of common stock traded on a national securities exchange or quoted 
on the Nasdaq National Market (or will be so traded or quoted immediately 
following the Change in Control) and as a result of such transaction or 
transactions the Notes become convertible solely into such common stock. The 
"Conversion Price" is equal to $1,000 divided by the Conversion Rate. 
"Beneficial Owner" shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 
promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the 
date of execution of the Indenture. "Person" includes any syndicate or group 
which would be deemed to be a "person" under section 13(d)(3) of the 
Exchange Act. (Section 14.4) 

       Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act requires the dissemination of 
certain information to security holders in the event of an issuer tender 
offer and may apply in the event that the repurchase option becomes 
available to Holders of the Registrable Notes.  The Company will comply with 
this rule to the extent applicable at that time. 

       The Company may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at any 
time purchase Registrable Notes in the open market or by tender at any price 
or by private agreement.  Any Registrable Note so purchased by the Company 
may, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to restrictions 
contained in the Purchase Agreement, be reissued or resold or may, at the 
Company's option, be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.  Any 
Registrable Notes surrendered as aforesaid may not be reissued or resold and 
will be canceled promptly. 

       The foregoing provisions would not necessarily afford Holders of the 
Registrable Notes protection in the event of highly leveraged or other 
transactions involving the Company that may adversely affect Holders. 

       The Company's ability to repurchase Notes upon the occurrence of a 
Change in Control is subject to limitations.  There can be no assurance that 
the Company would have the financial resources, or would be able to arrange 
financing, to pay the Repurchase Price for all the Notes that might be 
delivered by Holders of Notes seeking to exercise the repurchase right. 
Moreover, although under the Indenture the Company may elect, subject to 
satisfaction of certain conditions, to pay the repurchase price for the 
Notes using shares of Common Stock, [the terms of the existing Company's 
Credit Agreement prohibit the repurchase of Notes by the Company or its 
subsidiaries in cash or any other form of payment including shares of Common 
Stock], and the Company's ability to repurchase Notes may be limited or 
prohibited by the terms of any future borrowing arrangements, including 
Senior Indebtedness existing at the time of a Change in Control.  The 
Company's ability to repurchase Notes with cash may also be limited by the 
terms of its subsidiaries' borrowing arrangements due to dividend 
restrictions. Any failure by the Company to repurchase the Notes when 
required following a Change in Control would result in an Event of Default 
under the Indenture whether or not such repurchase is permitted by the 
subordination provisions of the Indenture. (Section 5.1)  Any such default 
may, in turn, cause a default under Senior Indebtedness of the Company. 
Moreover, the occurrence of a Change in Control would result in an event of 
default under the Company's Credit Agreement and may cause an event of 
default under terms of other Senior Indebtedness of the Company.  As a 
result, in each case, any repurchase of the Notes would, absent a waiver, be 
prohibited under the subordination provisions of the Indenture until the 
Senior Indebtedness is paid in full. In addition, the Company's repurchase 
of Notes as a result of the occurrence of a Change in Control may be 
prohibited or limited by, or create an event of default under, the terms of 
agreements related to borrowings which the Company may enter into from time 
to time, including agreements relating to Senior Indebtedness. See "-- 
Subordination" and "Risk Factors -- Leverage and Subordination." 


Mergers and Sales of Assets by the Company 

       The Company may not consolidate with or merge into any other Person 
(in a transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation) or 
convey, transfer, sell or lease its properties and assets substantially as 
an entirety to any Person, unless (a) the Person formed by such 
consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or the Person to 
which the properties and assets of the Company are so conveyed, transferred, 
sold or leased shall be a corporation, limited liability company, 
partnership or trust organized and existing under the laws of the United 
States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and, if other than the 
Company, shall expressly assume the payment of the principal of, premium, if 
any, and interest on the Notes and the performance of the other covenants of 
the Company under the Indenture, and (b) immediately after giving effect to 
such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event that after notice or 
lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred 
and be continuing. (Section 7.1) 


Events of Default 

       The following will be Events of Default under the Indenture: (a)  
failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, on any Note when due, 
whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of 
the Notes and the Indenture; (b) failure to pay any interest (including any 
Liquidated Damages)  on any Note when due, continuing for 30 days, whether 
or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the 
Notes and the Indenture; (c) failure to provide a Company Notice in the 
event of a Change in Control, whether or not the payment of the Repurchase 
Price is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Notes and the 
Indenture; (d) failure to perform any other covenant of the Company in the 
Indenture, continuing for 60 days (plus an additional 60 days in the case of 
defaults subject to cure, provided the Company commences such cure within 
the initial 60 days and is diligently pursuing such cure) after written 
notice as provided in the Indenture; (e) any indebtedness for money borrowed 
by the Company in an outstanding principal amount in excess of $20,000,000 
is not paid at final maturity or upon acceleration thereof and such default 
in payment or acceleration is not cured or rescinded within 30 days after 
written notice as provided in the Indenture; and (f)  certain events of 
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization. (Section 5.1) Subject to the 
provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee in case an 
Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee will be under no 
obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at 
the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders shall 
have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. (Section 6.3)  Subject to 
compliance with all rules or laws and the Indenture, the Holders of a 
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes will have 
the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding 
for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power 
conferred on the Trustee. (Section 5.12) 

       If an Event of Default (other than as specified in clause (f) above) 
shall occur and be continuing, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least 
25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may accelerate the maturity 
of all Notes; provided, however, that after such acceleration but before a 
judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in 
aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes may, under certain 
circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, 
other than the nonpayment of principal of the Notes which have become due 
solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as 
provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default as specified in clause (f) 
above occurs and is continuing, then the principal of, and accrued interest 
on, all the Notes shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable 
without any declaration or other act on the part of the Holders of the Notes 
or the Trustee. (Section 5.2)  For information as to waiver of defaults, see 
"-- Meetings, Modification and Waiver." 

       No Holder of any Registrable Note will have any right to institute 
any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, 
unless such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice 
of a continuing Event of Default and the Holders of at least 25% in 
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have made written 
request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such 
proceeding as trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the 
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes 
a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to 
institute such proceeding within 60 days. (Section 5.7) However, such 
limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Registrable 
Note for the enforcement of payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or 
interest on such Registrable Note (including Liquidated Damages, if any) on 
or after the respective due dates expressed in such Registrable Note or of 
the right to convert such Registrable Note in accordance with the Indenture. 
(Section 5.8) 

       The Company will be required to furnish to the Trustee annually a 
statement as to the performance by the Company of certain of its obligations 
under the Indenture and as to any default in such performance. (Section 
10.9) 


Meetings, Modification and Waiver 

       The Indenture contains provision for convening meetings of the 
Holders of Notes to consider matters affecting their interests. (Article 
IX) 

       Certain limited modifications of the Indenture may be made without 
the necessity of obtaining the consent of the Holders of the Notes.  Other 
modifications and amendments of the Indenture may be made, and certain past 
defaults by the Company may be waived, either (i) with the written consent 
of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of 
the Notes at the time Outstanding or (ii) by the adoption of a resolution, 
at a meeting of Holders of the Notes at which a quorum is present, by the 
Holders of the lesser of (a) not less than a majority in aggregate principal 
amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding and (b) at least 66 2/3% in 
aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented at such meeting.  
However, no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the 
Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby, (a) change the Stated 
Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note, 
(b) reduce the principal amount of, or the premium, if any, or interest on, 
any Note, (c) reduce the amount payable upon a redemption or mandatory 
repurchase, (d) modify the provisions with respect to the repurchase right 
of the Holders in a manner adverse to the Holders, (e) change the place or 
currency of payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any 
Note (including any payment of Liquidated Damages or the Redemption Price or 
the Repurchase Price in respect of such Note), (f) impair the right to 
institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to any 
Note, (g) modify the obligation of the Company to maintain an office or 
agency in New York City, (h) except as otherwise permitted or contemplated 
by provisions concerning consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, sale 
or lease of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the 
Company, adversely affect the right of Holders to convert any of the Notes 
other than as provided in the Indenture, (i) modify the subordination 
provisions in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes, (j) reduce the 
above-stated percentage of Outstanding Notes necessary to modify or amend 
the Indenture, (k) reduce the percentage of aggregate principal amount of 
Outstanding Notes necessary for waiver of compliance with certain provisions 
of the Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults, (l) reduce the 
percentage in aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes required for 
the adoption of a resolution or the quorum required at any meeting of 
Holders of Notes at which a resolution is adopted, (m) modify the obligation 
of the Company to deliver information required under Rule 144A to permit 
resales of Notes and Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof in the 
event the Company ceases to be subject to certain reporting requirements 
under the United States securities laws or (n) modify the obligations of the 
Company not to resell the Notes and to use its reasonable efforts to prevent 
its affiliates from reselling the Notes. (Sections 8.2 and 5.13).  The 
quorum at any meeting called to adopt a resolution will be Persons holding 
or representing a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the 
time Outstanding and, at any reconvened meeting adjourned for lack of a 
quorum, 25% of such aggregate principal amount. (Section 9.4) 

       The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 
Outstanding Notes may waive compliance by the Company with certain 
restrictive provisions of the Indenture by written consent or by the 
adoption of a resolution at a meeting. (Section 10.13)  The Holders of a 
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes also may 
waive any past default under the Indenture, except a default in the payment 
of principal, premium, if any, or interest, by written consent. 
(Section 5.13) 


Registration Rights 

     In connection with the Original Offering, the Company entered into a 
registration rights agreement with the Initial Purchasers (the 
"Registration Agreement") pursuant to which the Company agreed to, at the 
Company's expense for the benefit of the Holders of the Registrable Notes 
and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof (together, 
the "Registrable Securities"), (i) file with the Commission within 90 days 
after the date of original issuance of the Registrable Notes, a registration 
statement (the "Shelf Registration Statement") covering resales of the 
Registrable Securities, (ii) use reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf 
Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act 
within 180 days after the date of original issuance of the Registrable Notes 
and (iii) use reasonable efforts to keep effective the Shelf Registration 
Statement until three years after the date of the original issuance of the 
Registrable Notes or such earlier date as all Registrable Securities shall 
have been disposed of or on which all Registrable Securities held by persons 
that are not affiliates of the Company may be resold without registration 
pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (the "Effectiveness 
Period").  The Company will be permitted to suspend the use of this 
Prospectus which is part of this Shelf Registration Statement in connection 
with the sales of the Registrable Securities during certain periods of time 
under certain circumstances relating to pending corporate developments, 
public filing with the Commission and other events.  The Company will 
provide to each holder of Registrable Securities copies of this Prospectus 
that is a part of this Shelf Registration Statement, notify each holder 
when this Shelf Registration Statement has become effective and take certain 
other actions as are required to permit public resales of the Registrable 
Securities.  A holder of Registrable Securities that sells such Registrable 
Securities pursuant to this Shelf Registration Statement will be required to 
be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to 
deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil 
liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales 
and will be bound by the provisions of the Registration Agreement, including 
certain indemnification obligations. 

       In the event that this Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be 
effective for more than 90 days or the Company suspends the use of this 
Prospectus which is a part hereof for more than 90 days, whether or not 
consecutive, during any 12-month period then the interest rate borne by 
Registrable Notes will increase by an additional one-half of one percent 
(0.50%) per annum from the 91st day of the applicable 12-month period this 
Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective or the Company suspends 
the use of this Prospectus which is a part thereof, as the case may be, 
until the earlier of such time as (i) this Shelf Registration Statement or 
another Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective, (ii) the use 
of the related Prospectus ceases to be suspended or (iii) the Effectiveness 
Period expires.  Registrable Securities that have been sold pursuant to this 
Shelf Registration Statement or Rule 144 prior to the occurrence of a 
Registration Default will not be entitled to Liquidated Damages. 


Book-Entry; Delivery and Form; Global Certificates 

       The Registrable Notes may be represented by one or more fully 
registered global notes (the "Global Note") as well as Registrable Notes in 
definitive form registered in the name of individual purchasers or their 
nominees.   Each such Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or 
on behalf of, DTC and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee (the 
"Global Note Registered Owner") or will remain in the custody of the Trustee 
pursuant to a FAST Balance Certificate Agreement between DTC and the 
Trustee.  Except as set forth below, the Global Note may be transferred, in 
whole and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of 
DTC or its nominee. 

       DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the New York 
Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing 
corporation" within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and 
a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of 
the Exchange Act.  DTC was created to hold securities for its participant 
organizations (collectively, the "Participants") and to facilitate the 
clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between 
Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its 
Participants.  The Participants include securities brokers and dealers, 
banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other 
organizations.   Access to DTC's system is also available to other entities 
such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or 
maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or 
indirectly (collectively, the "Indirect Participants").  Persons who are not 
Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC 
only through the Participants or the Indirect Participants.  The ownership 
interest and transfer of ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each 
security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the 
Participants and Indirect Participants. 

       Pursuant to procedures established by DTC, (i) upon deposit of the 
Global Note, DTC will credit the accounts of Participants with portions of 
the principal amount of the Global Note and (ii) ownership of such interests 
in the Global Note will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof 
will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to 
the Participants) or by the Participants and the Indirect Participants (with 
respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the Global Note).  The 
laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in 
definitive form of securities that they own.  Consequently, the ability to 
transfer Registrable Notes will be limited to that extent. 

       Except as described below, owners of interests in the Global Note 
will not have Registrable Notes registered in their names, will not receive 
physical delivery of Registrable Notes in definitive form and will not be 
considered the registered owners thereof under the Indenture for any 
purpose. 

       None of the Company, the Trustee, nor any agent of the Company or 
the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for (i) any aspect of 
DTC's records or any Participant's records relating to or payments made on 
account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Note, or for 
maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC's records or any 
Participant's records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the 
Global Note or (ii) any other matter relating to the actions and practices 
of DTC's or any of its Participants. 

       Payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and 
interest on any Registrable Notes registered in the name of the Global Note 
Registered Owner on any relevant record date will be payable by the Trustee 
to the Global Note Registered Owner in its capacity as the registered holder 
under the Indenture.  Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the 
Trustee will treat the person in whose names the Registrable Notes, 
including the Global Note, are registered as the owners thereof for the 
purpose of receiving such payments and for any and all other purposes 
whatsoever.  Consequently, neither the Company, the Trustee, nor any agent 
of the Company or the Trustee has nor will have any responsibility or 
liability for the payment of such amounts to beneficial owners of the 
Registrable Notes or for any other matter relating to actions or practices 
of DTC or any of its Participants.  The Company understands that DTC's 
current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such 
as the Registrable Notes (including principal and interest), is to credit 
the accounts of the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment 
date, in amounts proportionate to their respective holdings in principal 
amount of beneficial interests in the relevant security as shown on the 
records of DTC (unless DTC has reason to believe it will not receive payment 
on such payment date).  Payments by the Participants and the Indirect 
Participants to the beneficial owners of Registrable Notes will be governed 
by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the 
responsibility of Participants or the Indirect Participant, and the 
beneficial owners and not the responsibility of the DTC, the Trustee or the 
Company.  Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay 
by DTC or any of its Participants in identifying the beneficial owners of 
the Registrable Notes, and the Company and the Trustee may conclusively rely 
on and will be protected in relying on instructions from the Global Note 
Registered Owner for all purposes. 

       So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of 
a Global Note, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered 
the sole owner or holder of the Registrable Notes represented by such Global 
Note for all purposes under the Indenture and the Registrable Notes.  No 
beneficial owner of an interest in a Global Note will be able to transfer 
the interest except in accordance with DTC's applicable procedures, in 
addition to those provided for under the Indenture.  Transfers between 
Participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with 
DTC rules. 

       The Company expects that DTC will take any action permitted to be 
taken by a holder of Registrable Notes (including the presentation of 
Registrable Notes for exchange as described below) only at the direction of 
one or more Participants to whose account the DTC interests in a Global Note 
is credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal 
amount of the Registrable Notes as to which such Participant or Participants 
has or have given such direction. 

       Although the Company expects that DTC will agree to the foregoing 
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in a Global Note 
among Participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform or continue 
to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any 
time.  Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for 
the performance by DTC or its Participants or Indirect Participants of their 
respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their 
operations. 

       If DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary 
for a Global Note and a successor depositary is not obtained, the Company 
will issue definitive certificated Registrable Notes in exchange for a 
Global Note.  Such definitive certificated Registrable Notes shall be 
registered in names of the owners of the beneficial interests in the Global 
Note as provided by the Participants.  Notes issued in definitive 
certificated form will be fully registered, without coupons, in minimum 
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 above that amount. 
Upon issuance of Registrable Notes in definitive certificated form, the 
Trustee is required to register the Registrable Notes in the name of, and 
cause the Registrable Notes to be delivered to, the person or persons (or 
the nominee thereof) identified as the beneficial owner as DTC shall 
direct. 

       The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC's book-entry 
system has been obtained from sources that the Company believes to be 
reliable, but the Company takes no responsibility for the accuracy thereof. 


Transfer and Exchange 

       A holder may transfer or exchange Registrable Notes in accordance 
with the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, 
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer 
documents and the Company may require a holder to pay any taxes and fees 
required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Company is not required 
to transfer or exchange any Registrable Note selected for redemption.  Also, 
the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Registrable Note for 
a period of 15 days before a selection of Registrable Notes to be redeemed. 

       The registered holder of a Registrable Note will be treated as the 
owner of it for all purposes. 


Title 

       The Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent and any Conversion Agent 
may treat the registered owner (as reflected in the Security Register)  of 
any Registrable Note as the absolute owner thereof (whether or not such Note 
shall be overdue) for the purpose of making payment and for all other 
purposes. (Section 2.2) 


Notices 

       Notice to Holders of the Registrable Notes will be given by mail to 
the addresses of such Holders as they appear in the Security Register.  Such 
notices will be deemed to have been given on the date of such mailing.  
(Sections 1.1 and 1.6) 

       Notice of a redemption of Registrable Notes will be given at least 
once not less than 20 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date 
(which notice shall be irrevocable) and will specify the redemption date. 


Replacement of Notes 

       Registrable Notes that become mutilated, destroyed, stolen or lost 
will be replaced by the Company at the expense of the Holder upon delivery 
to the Trustee of the Registrable mutilated Notes or evidence of the loss, 
theft or destruction thereof satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee. In 
the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed Registrable Note, indemnity 
satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company may be required at the expense 
of the Holder of such Registrable Note before a replacement Note will be 
issued. (Section 3.6)  

Governing Law 

       The Indenture and the Notes will be governed by and construed in 
accordance with the laws of the State of New York, United States of 
America.  (Section 1.11) 


The Trustee 

       In case an Event of Default shall occur (and shall not be cured), the 
Trustee will be required to use the degree of care of a prudent person in 
the conduct of his own affairs in the exercise of its powers.  Subject to 
such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of 
its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any of the 
Holders of Registrable Notes, unless they shall have offered to the Trustee 
reasonable security or indemnity. (Sections 6.1 and 6.3) 


Notes Issued in Reliance upon Regulation S 

       The Notes issued in the Original Offering in reliance upon Regulation 
S (the "Regulation S Notes") are not being registered pursuant to the 
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.  The 
Regulation S Notes issued under the Indenture are governed by substantially 
similar terms as the Registrable Notes, except with respect to certain 
mechanical provisions relating to form and denomination, payment and 
conversion, redemption for taxation reasons and payments of additional 
amounts.  For a complete description of the terms and conditions of the 
Regulation S Notes, see the detailed provisions of the Indenture. 


                          UNITED STATES TAXATION 

       The following is a summary of certain material United States federal 
income and estate tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and 
disposition of the Notes and of Common Stock into which Notes may be 
converted, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the 
potential tax considerations relating thereto.  This summary is based on the 
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), 
the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder 
("Treasury Regulations"), judicial authority and current administrative 
rulings and practice, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a 
retroactive basis.  This summary deals only with holders that will hold 
Registrable Notes and Common Stock into which Registrable Notes may be 
converted as "capital assets" (within the meaning of Section 1221) and does 
not address tax considerations applicable to investors that may be subject 
to special tax rules, such as banks, tax-exempt organizations, insurance 
companies, dealers in securities or currencies, persons that will hold 
Registrable Notes as a position in a hedging transaction, "straddle" or  
"conversion transaction" for tax purposes, or persons that have a 
"functional currency" other than the U.S. dollar.  This summary discusses 
the tax considerations applicable to the initial purchasers of the 
Registrable Notes who purchase the Registrable Notes at their "issue price" 
as defined in Section 1273 of the Code and does not discuss the tax 
considerations applicable to subsequent purchasers of the Registrable Notes. 
The Company has not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service 
("IRS") with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in 
the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree 
with such statements and conclusions.  INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF 
NOTES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION 
OF THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR 
SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY 
STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX 
TREATY. 


United States Holders 

       As used herein, the term "United States Holder" means the beneficial 
owner of a Note or Common Stock that for United States federal income tax 
purposes is (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) treated as 
a domestic corporation or domestic partnership, or (iii) an estate or trust 
that is subject to United States federal income taxation on a net income 
basis in respect of the Registrable Notes or Common Stock. 


Payment of Interest 

       Interest on a Note generally will be includable in the income of a 
United States Holder as ordinary income at the time such interest is 
received or accrued, in accordance with such Holder's method of accounting 
for United States federal income tax purposes.  The Registrable Notes will 
not have original issue discount. 


Sale, Exchange or Redemption of the Notes 

       Upon the sale, exchange or redemption of a Registrable Note, a United 
States Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the 
difference between (i) the amount of cash proceeds and the fair market value 
of any property received on the sale, exchange or redemption (except to the 
extent such amount is attributable to accrued interest income, which is 
taxable as ordinary income) and (ii) such Holder's adjusted tax basis in the 
Registrable Note.  A United States Holder's adjusted tax basis in a 
Registrable Note generally will equal the cost of the Registrable Note to 
such Holder, less any principal payments received by such Holder. Such 
capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the United 
States Holder's holding period in the Registrable Note is more than one year 
at the time of sale, exchange or redemption. 


Conversion of the Notes 

       A United States Holder generally will not recognize any income, gain 
or loss upon conversion of a Registrable Note into Common Stock, except with 
respect to cash received in lieu of a fractional share of Common Stock.  
Such Holder's tax basis in the Common Stock received on conversion of a 
Registrable Note will be the same as such Holder's adjusted tax basis in the 
Registrable Note at the time of conversion (reduced by any basis allocable 
to a fractional share interest), and the holding period for the Common Stock 
received on conversion will generally include the holding period of the 
Registrable Note converted. 

       Cash received in lieu of a fractional share of Common Stock upon 
conversion will be treated as a payment in exchange for the fractional share 
of Common Stock.  Accordingly, the receipt of cash in lieu of a fractional 
share of Common Stock generally will result in capital gain or loss 
(measured by the difference between the cash received for the fractional 
share and the United States Holder's adjusted tax basis in the fractional 
share). 


Dividends 

       The amount of any distribution by the Company in respect of the 
Common Stock will be equal to the amount of cash and the fair market value, 
on the date of distribution, of any property distributed. Generally, 
distributions will be treated as a dividend, subject to tax as ordinary 
income, to the extent of the Company's current or accumulated earnings and 
profits, then as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the Holder's 
tax basis in the Common Stock and thereafter as gain from the sale of 
exchange of such stock. 

       In general, a dividend distribution to a corporate United States 
Holder will qualify for the 70% dividends received deduction if the Holder 
owns less than 20% of the voting power and value of the Company's stock 
(other than any non-voting, non-convertible, non-participating preferred 
stock).  A corporate United States Holder that   owns 20% or more of the 
voting power and value of the Company's stock (other than any non-voting, 
non-convertible, non-participating preferred stock) generally will qualify 
for an 80% dividends received deduction.  The dividends received deduction 
is subject, however, to certain holding period, taxable income and other 
limitations. 


       If at any time (i) the Company makes a distribution of cash or 
property to its stockholders or purchases Common Stock and such distribution 
or purchase would be taxable to such stockholders as a dividend for United 
States federal income tax purposes (e.g., distributions of evidences of 
indebtedness or assets of the Company, but generally not stock dividends or 
rights to subscribe for Common Stock) and, pursuant to the anti-dilution 
provisions of the Indenture, the Conversion Rate of the Registrable Notes is 
increased, or (ii) the Conversion Rate of the Registrable Notes is increased 
at the discretion of the Company, such increase in Conversion Rate may be 
deemed to be the payment of a taxable dividend to United States Holders of 
Registrable Notes (pursuant to Section 305 of the Code). Such Holders of 
Registrable Notes could therefore have taxable income as a result of an 
event pursuant to which they received no cash or property. 


Sale of Common Stock 

       Upon the sale or exchange of Common Stock, a United States Holder 
generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference 
between (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property 
received upon the sale or exchange and (ii) such Holder's adjusted tax basis 
in the Common Stock.  Such capital gain or loss will be long-term if the 
United States Holder's holding period in the Common Stock is more than one
year at the time of the sale or exchange.  A United States Holder's basis and
holding period in Common Stock received upon conversion of a Registrable Note
are determined as discussed above under "-- Conversion Rights". 


Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax 

       In general, information reporting requirements will apply to payments 
of principal, premium, if any, and interest on a Registrable Note, payments 
of dividends on Common Stock, payments of the proceeds of the sale of a 
Registrable Note and payments of the proceeds of the sale of Common Stock to 
certain noncorporate United States Holders.  The payor will be required to 
withhold backup withholding tax at the rate of 31% if (a) the payee fails to 
furnish a taxpayer identification number ("TIN") to the payor or establish 
an exemption from backup withholding, (b) the IRS notifies the payor that 
the TIN furnished by the payee is incorrect, (c) there has been a notified 
payee underreporting with respect to interest, dividends or original issue 
discount described in Section 3406(c)of the Code or (d) there has been a 
failure of the payee to certify under the penalty of perjury that the payee 
is not subject to backup withholding under the Code.  Any amounts withheld 
under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a United States Holder 
will be allowed as a credit against such Holder's United States federal 
income tax and may entitle the Holder to a refund, provided that the 
required information is furnished to the IRS. 


                          SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS 

       The Registrable Notes offered hereby were originally issued by the 
Company  and sold by the Initial Purchasers, in a transaction exempt from 
the  registration requirements of the Securities Act, to persons reasonably 
believed by such initial purchaser to be "qualified institutional buyers" 
(as defined in  Rule 144A under the Securities Act), or other institutional 
"accredited  investors" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7)  
under the Securities  Act.   An additional $19,275,000 aggregate principal 
amount of Notes were issued  in the Original Offering by the Company and 
sold by the Initial Purchasers in  compliance with the provisions of 
Regulation S under the Securities Act.  The Selling Securityholders (which 
term includes their transferees, pledgees, donees or their successors) may 
from time to time offer and sell pursuant to this Prospectus any or all of 
the Registrable Notes and Common Stock issued upon conversion of the 
Registrable Notes. 

       The following table sets forth information with respect to the 
Selling Securityholders and the respective principal amounts of Registrable 
Notes beneficially owned by each Selling Securityholder that may be offered 
pursuant to this Prospectus.  Such information has been obtained from the 
Selling Securityholders.  None of the Selling Securityholders has, or within 
the past three years has had, any position, office or other material 
relationship with the Company or any of its predecessors or affiliates, 
except as noted below.  Because the Selling Securityholders may offer all or 
some portion of the Registrable Notes or the Common Stock issuable upon 
conversion thereof pursuant to this Prospectus, no estimate can be given as 
to the amount of the Registrable Notes or the Common Stock issuable upon 
conversion thereof that will be held by the Selling Holders upon termination 
of any such sales.  In addition, the Selling Securityholders identified 
below may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of all or a portion 
of their Registrable Notes since the date on which they provided the 
information regarding their Registrable Notes in transactions exempt from 
the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 

       From time to time, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or its affiliate provided, 
and they continue to provide, investment banking services to the Company, 
for which they received or will receive customer fees.  None of the other 
Selling Securityholders has had any position, office or other materials 
relationship with the Company or its affiliates within the last three 
years. 



                  Principal Amount    Number of Shares of Common Stock
                  of Registrable     ----------------------------------- 
                  Notes 
                  Beneficially                          Offered Selling
                  Owned and           Beneficially      Holder Hereby
     Name         Offered Hereby      Owned (1)(2)       (2)(3)(4) 
- ---------------- ----------------     ------------      ---------------
Entity
affiliated with
Merrill Lynch(5)    133,500,000         5,512,201         5,512,201

First Boston 
Corporation          11,790,000           486,808           486,808 

Fidelity 
Investments          11,090,000           457,905           457,905 

Northwestern 
Mutual Life 
Insurance Co         11,000,000           454,189           454,189 

Highbridge
Capital
Corporation           2,750,000           113,547           113,547 

Lutheran 
Brotherhood 
Research 
Corporation           2,350,000            97,031            97,031 

Prudential 
Equity 
Management 
Association           2,000,000            82,580            82,580 

Smith
Barney, Inc.          1,800,000            74,322            74,322 


Lutheran 
Brotherhood 
Research 
Corporation           1,650,000            68,128            68,128 

Gen Hedge/G. 
Jacobs Conv 
Trading               1,550,000            63,999            63,999 

Putnam 
Convertible
Fund, Inc.            1,500,000            61,935            61,935

Forest Fulcrum 
Fund Limited 
Partnership           1,300,000            53,677            53,677 

Lehman Brothers
Inc.                  1,000,000            41,290            41,290 

High Inc 
Convertible           1,000,000            41,290            41,290 

Convertible Bond 
Trading and 
Arbitrage               750,000            30,967            30,967 

Minnesota Power 
& Light Company         600,000            24,774            24,774 

South Dakota 
Retirement 
System 
Convertible Fund        500,000            20,645            20,645 

Commonwealth 
Life Insurance 
Company                 500,000            20,645            20,645 

State of 
Connecticut             500,000            20,645            20,645 

Gyroscope + Co.         460,000            18,993            18,993 

Standard 
Mortgage Holding 
Corporation             400,000            16,516            16,516 

Fidelity 
Management Trust 
Co.                     150,000             6,193             6,193 

Robertson, 
Stephens & 
Co., LLP                105,000             4,335             4,335 

Mary S Spencer 
Revocable Living  
Trust, date of the
trust 7/27/90
Trustee:
Mary S. Peterson        100,000             4,129             4,129 

Meditation 
Groups, Inc.            100,000             4,129             4,129 

Sally H. Whiting         50,000             2,064             2,064 

Paul Heichman 
Living Trust             39,000             1,610             1,610 

Shepherd 
Management 
Services                 30,000             1,239             1,239 

Fidelity 
Investments              30,000             1,239             1,239 

Steven J Liodas 
& Jeane Liodas 
Trustees in 
trust fbo the 
Liodas Family 
Trust                    30,000             1,239             1,239 

Bergo Trust              30,000             1,239             1,239 

Paul S Heichman          21,000               867               867 

John J Hart Jr           20,000               826               826 

James L Kloss 
Trustee James L 
Kloss dds Profit 
Pension Plan 
under agreement
dated 12/21/70           20,000               826               826 

John R Durio             10,000               413               413 


Any other
holder of
Registrable
Notes or future
transferee 
from any such
holder (3)(4)        92,000,000          3,798,784         3,798,784
                   ------------         ----------        ----------
     Total          280,725,000         11,591,219        11,591,219
                   ============         ==========        ==========

- --------------                                                                    
(1) Represents shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the 
Registrable Notes.

(2) Assumes a conversion price of $24.219 per share and a cash payment 
in lieu of any fractional share interest; such conversion price is 
subject to adjustment as described under "Description of the Notes--
Conversion."  Accordingly the number of shares of Common Stock issuable 
upon conversion of the Registrable Notes may increase or decrease from 
time to time.  Under the terms of Indenture, fractional shares will not 
be issued upon conversion of the Registrable Notes; cash will be paid in 
lieu of fractional shares, if any.

(3) Information concerning other Registrable Note Selling Security 
holders will be set forth in Prospectus Supplements from time to time, 
if required.

(4) Assumes that any other holders of Registrable Notes or any future 
transferee from any such holder does not beneficially own any Common 
Stock other than the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes 
at the initial conversion rate.

(5)  Merrill Lynch Growth Fund for Investment and Retirement ("Fund") is
the beneficial owner of the securities as set forth above.  Merrill
Lynch Asset Management, L.P. (d/b/a Merrill Lynch Asset Management
("MLAM")), an investment advisor registered under the Investment
Advisors Act of 1940, is a registered investment company which advises
the beneficial owner.  MLAM may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of 
certain of the securities set forth above of the Company by virtue of its
acting as investment advisor to the Fund.  The general partner of MLAM
is Princeton Services, Inc. ("PSI").  PSI is a wholly owned subsidiary
of Merrill Lynch Group, Inc. ("ML Group").  PSI may be deemed to be the
beneficial owner of certain of the securities set forth above of the
Company by virtue of its being the general partner of MLAM. ML Group is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Merrill Lynch and Co. ("ML & Co."). ML Group
may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of certain of the securities set
forth above of the company by virtue of its control of PSI.  Merrill
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated ("MLPF & S"), a
broker-dealer, registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of ML & Co.  MLPF & S hold certain of the
securities set forth above of the Company in proprietary trading accounts
and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of securities of the
Company held in customer accounts over which MLPF & S has discretionary
power.  ML & Co. may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of certain of
the securities set forth above the Company by virtue of its wholly-owned
subsidiaries, ML Group and MLPF & S.  ML & Co., ML Group, MLPF & S, PSI
and MLAM all disclaim beneficial ownership of the  securities of the
Company set forth above.

        The preceding table has been prepared based upon the information 
furnished to the Company by Automatic Data Processing and responses to 
questionnaires by the beneficial owners.

       The Selling Securityholders identified above may have sold, 
transferred or otherwise disposed of, in transactions exempt from the 
registration requirements of the Securities Act, all or a portion of their 
Notes since the date on which the information in the preceding table is 
presented.  Information concerning the Selling Securityholders may change 
from time to time and any such changed information will be set forth in 
supplements to this Prospectus if and when necessary.  Because the Selling 
Securityholders may offer all or some of the Notes that they hold and/or  
Conversion Shares pursuant to the offering contemplated by this Prospectus, 
no estimate can be given as to the amount of the Notes or Conversion Shares 
that will be held by the Selling Securityholders upon the termination of 
this offering.  See "Plan of Distribution." 

       Information concerning the Selling Securityholders may change from 
time to time and  any such changed information will be set forth in 
supplements to this Prospectus if and when necessary.  In addition, the per 
share conversion price, and therefore the number of shares issuable upon 
conversion of the Registrable Notes, is subject to adjustment under certain 
circumstances. Accordingly, the aggregate principal amount of Registrable 
Notes and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion 
thereof offered hereby may increase or decrease. 


                           PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 

       The Registrable Notes and Common Stock offered hereby may be sold 
from time to time to purchasers directly by the Selling Securityholders.  
Alternatively, the Selling Securityholders may from time to time offer the 
Registrable Notes and Common  Stock to or through underwriters, 
broker/dealers or agents, who may receive compensation in the form of 
underwriting discounts, concessions or commissions from the Selling 
Securityholders or the purchasers of Registrable Notes and Common Stock for 
whom they may act as agents.  The Selling Securityholders and any 
underwriters, broker/dealers or agents that participate in the distribution 
of Registrable Notes and Common Stock may be deemed to be "underwriters"  
within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on the sale of 
Registrable Notes and Common Stock by them and any discounts, commissions, 
concessions or other compensation received by any such underwriter, 
broker/dealer or agent may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and 
commissions under the Securities Act. 

       The Registrable Notes and Common Stock offered hereby may be sold 
from time to time in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing 
market prices at the time of sale, any varying prices determined at the time 
of sale or at negotiated prices.  The sale of the Registrable Notes and the 
Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof may be effected in 
transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any 
national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registrable 
Notes or the Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) 
in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on 
such exchanges or in the over-the-counter market or (iv) through the writing 
of options.  At the time a particular offering of the Registrable Notes and 
the Common Stock is made, a Prospectus Supplement, if required, will be 
distributed which will set forth the aggregate amount and type of 
Registrable Notes and Common Stock being offered and the terms of the  
offering, including the name or names of any underwriters, broker/dealers or 
agents, any discounts, commissions and other terms constituting compensation 
from the Selling Securityholders and any discounts, commissions or 
concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to broker/dealers. 

       To comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, if 
applicable, the Registrable Notes and Common Stock will be offered or sold 
in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or 
dealers. In addition, in certain jurisdictions the Registrable Notes and 
Common Stock may not be offered or sold unless they have been registered or 
qualified for sale in such jurisdictions or any exemption from registration 
or qualification is available and is complied with. 

       The Selling Securityholders will be subject to applicable provisions 
of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, which 
provisions may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the 
Registrable Notes and Common Stock by the Selling Securityholders.  The 
foregoing may affect the marketability of the Registrable Notes and the 
Common Stock. 

       Pursuant to the Registration Agreement, all expenses of the 
registration of the Registrable Notes and Common Stock will be paid by the 
Company, including, without limitation, Commission filing fees and expenses 
of compliance with state securities or "blue sky" laws; provided, however, 
that the Selling Securityholders will pay all underwriting discounts and 
selling commissions, if any.  The Selling Securityholders will be 
indemnified by the Company against certain civil liabilities, including 
certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or will be entitled to  
contribution in connection therewith. 


                               LEGAL MATTERS 


       The validity of the Registrable Notes and the Common Stock being 
offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Wilson Sonsini 
Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California.  


                                  EXPERTS 

       The consolidated financial statements and schedule of Cirrus Logic, 
Inc. at March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996 and for each of the three years in
the period ended March 29, 1997, appearing in this Prospectus and
Registration Statement, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein,
and are included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of
such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. 

<PAGE>
                      ______________________________ 



 


                             CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.
                  INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



<PAGE>

REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Independent Auditors
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Cirrus Logic, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cirrus
Logic, Inc. as of March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended March 29, 1997.  These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements
based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence 
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit 
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis 
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in 
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Cirrus Logic,
Inc. at March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996, and the consolidated results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
March 29, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                                           /s/Ernst & Young LLP


San Jose, California
April 23, 1997, except for
  Note 16, as to which the date
  is April 30, 1997.

<PAGE>


ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Thousands, except per share amounts)
<CAPTION>
                                                     Fiscal years ended 
                                            ---------------------------------
                                            March 29,   March 30,   April 1,
                                               1997       1996        1995
                                            ---------- ----------- ----------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>         <C>
Net sales                                    $917,154  $1,146,945   $889,022

Operating costs and expenses and
  gain on sale of assets:
  Cost of sales                               598,795     774,350    512,509
  Research and development                    230,786     238,791    165,622
  Selling, general and administrative         126,722     165,267    126,666
  Restructuring costs                          20,954      11,566         - 
  Gain on sale of assets, net                 (18,915)         -          - 
  Non-recurring costs                              -        1,195      3,856
  Merger costs                                     -           -       2,418
                                            ---------- ----------- ----------
    Total operating costs and expenses
           and gain on sale of assets         958,342   1,191,169    811,071
                                            ---------- ----------- ----------
Operating (loss) income                       (41,188)    (44,224)    77,951
Interest expense                              (19,754)     (5,151)    (2,441)
Interest income and other, net                  9,323       7,652      9,129
Foreign currency transaction gains                 -           -       4,999
                                            ---------- ----------- ----------
(Loss) income before income taxes             (51,619)    (41,723)    89,638
(Benefit) provision for income taxes           (5,463)     (5,540)    28,236
                                            ---------- ----------- ----------
Net (loss) income                             (46,156)    (36,183)    61,402
                                            ========== =========== ==========
Net (loss) income per common and
  common equivalent share                      ($0.71)     ($0.58)     $0.96

Weighted average common and common
  equivalent shares outstanding                65,008      62,761     63,680
                                            ========== =========== ==========
<FN>
See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Thousands)
<CAPTION>
                                                                    March 29,    March 30,
                                                                    1997         1996
                                                                    ------------ ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>
Assets
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                            $151,540     $155,979
  Short-term investments                                                188,215       19,279
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
    accounts of $12,770 in 1997 and $13,174 in 1996                     173,743      133,718
  Inventories                                                           127,252      134,502
  Deferred tax assets                                                    34,410       52,662
  Equipment and leasehold improvement advances to joint ventures        112,597       94,683
  Other current assets                                                    7,245        4,004
                                                                    ------------ ------------
    Total current assets                                                795,002      594,827
                                                                    ------------ ------------
Property and equipment, at cost:
  Machinery and equipment                                               252,643      247,390
  Furniture and fixtures                                                 15,767       15,293
  Leasehold improvements                                                 23,112       21,044
                                                                    ------------ ------------
                                                                        291,522      283,727
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                       (160,667)    (113,479)
                                                                    ------------ ------------
    Property and equipment, net                                         130,855      170,248
Manufacturing agreements, net of accumulated
  amortization of $10,729 in 1997 and $3,921 in 1996,
  and investment in joint ventures                                      151,675      104,463
Deposits and other assets                                                59,289       48,039
                                                                    ------------ ------------
                                                                     $1,136,821     $917,577
                                                                    ============ ============
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>
Current liabilities:
  Short-term borrowing                                              $         -    $  80,000
  Accounts payable                                                      231,178      214,299
  Accrued salaries and benefits                                          33,792       41,845
  Current maturities of long-term debt and
    capital lease obligations                                            30,999       26,575
  Income taxes payable                                                   31,259       20,863
  Other accrued liabilities                                              39,104       28,602
                                                                    ------------ ------------
    Total current liabilities                                           366,332      412,184
                                                                    ------------ ------------

Capital lease obligations                                                 9,848        6,258
Long-term debt                                                           51,248       65,571
Other long-term                                                           5,196        4,898
Convertible subordinated notes                                          300,000           - 

Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders' equity:
  Convertible preferred stock, no par value; 5,000
    shares authorized, none issued                                           -            - 
  Common stock, no par value, 140,000 shares
    authorized, 66,156 shares issued and
    outstanding in 1997 and 63,951 in 1996                              351,261      329,574
  Retained earnings                                                      52,936       99,092
                                                                    ------------ ------------
    Total shareholders' equity                                          404,197      428,666
                                                                    ------------ ------------
                                                                     $1,136,821     $917,577
                                                                    ============ ============
<FN>
See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Thousands)
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Fiscal Years Ended
                                                                         --------------------------------
                                                                         March 29,  March 30,   April 1,
                                                                            1997       1996       1995
                                                                         ---------- ---------- ----------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net (loss) income                                                       ($46,156)  ($36,183)   $61,402
  Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net
    cash provided by operating activities:
        Depreciation and amortization                                       87,960     64,301     34,329
        Gain on sale of assets                                             (18,915)        -          - 
        Provision for loss on property and equipment                        10,278         -          - 
        Compensation related to the issuance of 
             certain employee stock options                                    494        820      3,109
        Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
          Accounts receivable                                              (42,438)    27,615    (76,448)
          Inventories                                                        2,367    (30,860)   (24,837)
          Payments for joint venture equipment to be leased                (17,914)   (94,683)        - 
          Deferred tax and other current assets                             14,659    (28,735)    (3,650)
          Accounts payable                                                  16,879     73,854     51,494
          Accrued salaries and benefits                                     (7,858)     9,337      8,351
          Income taxes payable                                              11,968     15,209      3,262
          Other accrued liabilities                                         (8,752)     7,045      8,093
                                                                         ---------- ---------- ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities                                    2,572      7,720     65,105
                                                                         ---------- ---------- ----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of available for sale investments                              (182,552)  (175,139)  (234,065)
  Proceeds from available for sale investments                              13,616    228,092    187,900
  Purchase of held to maturity investments                                      -     (10,444)  (158,748)
  Proceeds from held to maturity investments                                    -      57,144    133,688
  Proceeds from sales of assets                                             56,526         -          - 
  Manufacturing agreements and investment in joint venture                 (54,000)   (44,604)   (63,800)
  Additions to property and equipment                                      (30,722)  (127,802)   (47,313)
  Increase in deposits and other assets                                    (23,903)   (32,140)   (19,429)
                                                                         ---------- ---------- ----------
Net cash used by investing activities                                     (221,035)  (104,893)  (201,767)
                                                                         ---------- ---------- ----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes                              290,640         -          - 
  Borrowings on long-term debt                                              10,009     74,973     13,292
  Payments on long-term debt                                               (21,154)   (10,798)    (8,688)
  Payments on capital lease obligations                                     (5,720)    (4,051)    (3,919)
  Borrowings on short-term debt                                            172,000    121,000         - 
  Payments on short-term debt                                             (252,000)   (41,000)        - 

  Proceeds from sale and leaseback of property and equipment                    -      13,067         - 
  Increase in other long-term liabilities                                      565      4,898         - 
  Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs and
    repurchases                                                             19,684     28,345      8,870
                                                                         ---------- ---------- ----------
Net cash provided by financing activities                                  214,024    186,434      9,555
                                                                         ---------- ---------- ----------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents                        (4,439)    89,261   (127,107)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                             155,979     66,718    193,825
                                                                         ---------- ---------- ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                  $151,540   $155,979    $66,718
                                                                         ========== ========== ==========
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
  Equipment purchased under capital leases                                 $10,556       $594     $6,849
  Tax benefit of stock option exercises                                      1,509     16,668      1,320
Cash payments (refunds) for:
  Interest                                                                   8,381      4,358      2,464
  Income taxes                                                             (25,625)    17,612     24,974
<FN>
See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Three Years Ended March 29, 1997
(Thousands)
<CAPTION>

                                                      Common Stock   
                                                  ---------------------  Retained
                                                    Shares     Amount    Earnings    Total
                                                  ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance, April 2, 1994                               59,222   $270,442    $73,873   $344,315
Issuance of stock under stock plans
  and other, net of repurchases                       1,372      8,870       ---       8,870
Compensation related to the 
  issuance of certain employee options                 ---       3,109       ---       3,109
Net income                                             ---        ---      61,402     61,402
Tax benefit of stock option exercises                  ---       1,320       ---       1,320
                                                  ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Balance, April 1, 1995                               60,594    283,741    135,275    419,016
Issuance of stock under stock plans
  and other, net of repurchases                       3,357     28,345       ---      28,345
Compensation related to the 
  issuance of certain employee options                 ---         820       ---         820
Net loss                                               ---        ---     (36,183)   (36,183)
Tax benefit of stock option exercises                  ---      16,668       ---      16,668
                                                  ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Balance, March 30, 1996                              63,951    329,574     99,092    428,666
Issuance of stock under stock plans
  and other, net of repurchases                       2,205     19,684       ---      19,684
Compensation related to the 
  issuance of certain employee options                 ---         494       ---         494
Net loss                                               ---        ---     (46,156)   (46,156)
Tax benefit of stock option exercises                  ---       1,509       ---       1,509
                                                  ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Balance, March 29, 1997                              66,156   $351,261    $52,936   $404,197
                                                  ========== ========== ========== ==========


<FN>
See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                           CIRRUS LOGIC, INC. 
              NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 


1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 


Description of Business and Major Customer Information 

     Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the "Company") operates principally in a single 
industry segment.  The Company is a leading manufacturer of advanced 
integrated circuits for the desktop and portable computing, 
telecommunications, industrial, and consumer electronics markets.  The 
Company applies its system-level expertise in analog and digital design to 
innovate highly integrated, software-rich solutions.  Cirrus Logic offers a 
broad portfolio of products including highly integrated chips, software, 
evaluation boards, manufacturing kits, and subsystem modules.  The Company 
performs its own wafer and product testing, engineering support and quality 
and reliability assurance, and uses joint ventures and subcontractors to 
manufacture wafers and assemble products.  In fiscal 1998, a substantial 
portion of the Company's wafer and product testing will be done by 
subcontractors. 

     In fiscal 1997, one customer accounted for 10% or more of net sales.  
In fiscal 1996 and 1995, no customer accounted for 10% or more of net sales. 

     Export sales include sales to overseas operations of domestic 
corporations and represented 62%, 56% and 56% of net sales in fiscal 1997, 
1996 and 1995, respectively.  Export sales to the Pacific Rim were 32% and 
34% of net sales; to Japan were 22% and 17% of net sales and to Europe and 
the rest of the world were 7% and 6% of net sales, in fiscal 1997 and 1996, 
respectively.  There are no restrictions on the transfer of funds in 
international markets in which the Company does business. 


Basis of Presentation 

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the 
Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries.  Significant intercompany 
accounts and transactions have been eliminated.  Accounts denominated in 
foreign currencies have been remeasured in accordance with Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 52, "Foreign Currency 
Translation," using the U.S. dollar as the functional currency.  Translation 
adjustments relating to Cirrus Logic K.K., whose functional currency is the 
Japanese yen, have not been material. 


Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments 

     Cash equivalents consist primarily of over-night deposits, commercial 
paper, U.S. Government Treasury and Agency instruments, and money market 
funds with original maturities of three months or less at date of purchase. 
Short-term debt investments have original maturities greater than three 
months.  Short-term debt and equity investments consist of U.S. Government 
Treasury and Agency instruments, money market preferred stock, auction 
preferred stock, municipal bonds, certificates of deposit and commercial 
paper. 


Short-term Investments Held-to-Maturity and Available-for-Sale 

     Management determines the appropriate classification of certain debt 
and equity securities at the time of purchase as either held-to-maturity, 
trading or available-for-sale and reevaluates such designation as of each 
balance sheet date. 

     Held-to-maturity securities are stated at cost, adjusted for  
amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity.  Such 
amortization, as well as any interest on the securities, is included in 
interest income and other, net.  Held-to-maturity securities include only 
those securities the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to 
maturity. 

     Securities not classified as held-to-maturity are classified as 
available-for-sale.  Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair 
value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a separate 
component of shareholders' equity, if material.  Realized gains and losses, 
declines in value judged to be other than temporary, and interest on 
available-for-sale securities are included in interest income and other, 
net. 


Foreign Exchange Contracts 

     The Company may enter into foreign currency forward exchange and option 
contracts to hedge certain of its foreign currency exposures.  The Company's 
accounting policies for these instruments are based on the Company's 
designation of such instruments as hedging transactions.  The criteria the 
Company uses for designating an instrument as a hedge include its 
effectiveness in exposure reduction and one-to-one matching of the 
derivative financial instrument to the underlying transaction being hedged. 
Gains and losses on foreign currency exchange and option contracts that are 
designated and effective as hedges of existing transactions are recognized 
in income in the same period as losses and gains on the underlying 
transactions are recognized and generally offset.  Gains and losses on 
currency option contracts that are designated and effective as hedges of 
transactions, for which a firm commitment has been attained, are deferred 
and recognized in income in the same period that the underlying transactions 
are settled and were not material as of March 29, 1997.  The Company 
generally does not require collateral from counterparties. 

     During fiscal 1996, the Company purchased foreign currency forward 
exchange contracts to hedge certain yen denominated inventory purchases.  
During fiscal 1997 and 1996, the Company purchased foreign currency option 
contracts to hedge certain yen denominated net balance sheet accounts and 
sales.  As of March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996, the Company had foreign 
currency option contracts outstanding denominated in Japanese yen for 
approximately $74,460,000 and $76,022,000, respectively.  The fiscal 1997 
contracts expire on June 27, 1997.  The fiscal 1996 contracts expired 
through June 1996. 

     While the contract amounts provide one measure of the volume of the 
transactions outstanding at March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996, they do not 
represent the amount of the Company's exposure to credit risk.  The 
Company's exposure to credit risk (arising from the possible inability of 
the counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts) is generally 
limited to the amount, if any, by which the counterparty's obligations 
exceed the obligations of the Company. 

     During fiscal 1995, the Company recorded approximately $5 million of 
foreign currency transaction gains pertaining to the remeasurement of 
certain unhedged balance sheet accounts denominated in Japanese yen.  
Transaction gains and losses were not material in fiscal 1997 and 1996. 


Inventories 

     The Company applies the lower of standard cost, which approximates 
actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis, or market principle to value its 
inventories.  One of the factors the Company consistently evaluates in 
application of this principle is the extent to which products are accepted 
into the marketplace.  By policy, the Company evaluates market acceptance 
based on known business factors and conditions by comparing forecasted 
customer unit demand for the Company's products over a specific future 
period or demand horizon to quantities on hand at the end of each accounting 
period. 

     On a quarterly and annual basis, inventories are analyzed on a part-by-
part basis.  Inventory quantities on hand in excess of forecasted demand, as 
adjusted by management, are considered to have reduced market value and, 
therefore, the cost basis is adjusted from standard cost to the lower of 
cost or market.  Typically, market value for excess or obsolete inventories 
is considered to be zero.  The short product life cycles and the competitive 
nature of the industry are factors considered in the estimation of customer 
unit demand at the end of each quarterly accounting period. 

     Inventories are comprised of the following (in thousands): 

                                          March 29,     March 30, 
                                             1997         1996 
                                          ---------    ---------
     Work-in-process                      $  79,276    $  69,244 
     Finished goods                          47,976       65,258 
                                          ---------    ---------
                                          $ 127,252    $ 134,502 
                                          =========    ========= 


Property and Equipment 

     Property and equipment is recorded at cost.  Depreciation and 
amortization is provided on a straight-line basis over estimated useful 
lives ranging from three to five years, or over the life of the lease for 
equipment under capitalized leases, if shorter.  Leasehold improvements are 
amortized over the term of the lease or their estimated useful life, 
whichever is shorter. 


Concentration of Credit Risk 

     Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to 
concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, short-
term investments and trade accounts receivable.  By policy, the Company 
places its investments only with high credit quality financial institutions 
and, other than U.S. Government Treasury instruments, limits the amounts 
invested in any one institution or in any type of instrument.  Almost all of 
the Company's trade accounts receivable are derived from sales to 
manufacturers of computer systems and subsystems.  The Company performs 
ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition, limits its 
exposure to accounting losses by limiting the amount of credit extended 
whenever deemed necessary, utilizes letters of credit where appropriate and 
generally does not require collateral. 


Revenue Recognition 

     Revenue from product sales direct to customers is recognized upon 
shipment.  Certain of the Company's sales are made to distributors under 
agreements allowing certain rights of return and price protection on 
products unsold by distributors.  Accordingly, the Company defers revenue 
and gross profit on such sales until the product is sold by the 
distributors. 


Non-recurring and Merger Costs 

     In fiscal 1996, non-recurring costs were approximately $1.2 million 
associated with the formation of the Cirent Semiconductor joint venture with 
Lucent Technologies. 

     In fiscal 1995, non-recurring and merger costs were approximately $6.3 
million.  Non-recurring costs of $3.9 million were primarily associated with 
the acquisition of certain technology and marketing rights and the remaining 
minority interest in a subsidiary, and the formation of the MiCRUS joint 
venture with International Business Machines Corporation (IBM).  Merger 
costs of approximately $2.4 million for the August 1994 combination of 
Cirrus Logic and PicoPower included one-time charges related to the 
combination of the two companies, financial advisory services, and legal and 
accounting fees. 


Advertising Expense 

     The cost of advertising is expensed as incurred.  Advertising costs 
were not significant in fiscal 1997, 1996, and 1995. 


Stock-based Compensation 

     The Company accounts for stock-based awards to employees using the 
intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board 
Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees".  Accordingly, no 
compensation cost has been recognized for its fixed cost stock option plans 
or its associated stock purchase plan.  The Company provides additional pro 
forma disclosures as required under Statement of Financial Accounting 
Standard (FAS 123), "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation."  See Note 
13. 


Net (Loss) Income Per Common and Common Equivalent Share 

     Net (loss) income per common and common equivalent share is based on 
the weighted average common shares outstanding and dilutive common 
equivalent shares (using the treasury stock or modified treasury stock 
method, whichever applies).  Common equivalent shares include stock options 
and warrants when appropriate.  In periods in which there was a net loss, 
common equivalent shares have been excluded as their impact would be anti-
dilutive.  During December 1996, the Company issued convertible subordinated 
notes.  These securities are included in fully diluted earnings per share 
computations for the period outstanding under the "if converted" method.  
Dual presentation of primary and fully diluted earnings per share is not 
shown on the face of the income statement because the differences are 
insignificant. 

     In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued 
Statement No. 128, (FAS 128) "Earnings per Share," which is required to be 
adopted on December 28, 1997.  At that time, the Company will be required to 
change the method currently used to compute earnings per share and to 
restate all prior periods.  Under the new requirements for calculating 
earnings per share, the dilutive effect of stock options will be excluded.  
The impact is expected to result in no change in the primary loss per share 
for the fiscal years ended March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996 and to increase 
the income per share by $0.08 for the fiscal year ended April 1, 1995.  The 
Company has not yet determined what the impact of FAS 128 will be on the 
calculation of diluted earnings per share. 


Financial Presentation 

     Certain prior year amounts on the Consolidated Financial Statements 
have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 1997 presentation. 


2.   GAIN ON SALE OF ASSETS 


     During the second quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company completed the 
sale of the PicoPower product line to National Semiconductor, Inc.  The 
Company received approximately $17.6 million in cash for the PicoPower 
product line.  In connection with the transaction, the Company recorded a 
gain of approximately $6.9 million. 

     During the third quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company completed the sale 
to ADC Telecommunications Inc. of the PCSI product group that produced CDPD 
(Cellular Digital Packet Data) base station equipment for wireless service 
providers, and developed pACT (personal Air Communications Technology) base 
stations for AT&T Wireless Services Inc.  The Company received approximately 
$20.8 million in cash for the group.  In connection with the transaction, 
the Company recorded a gain of approximately $12.0 million. 

     During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company completed its 
divestiture of PSCI by selling the assets of PCSI's Wireless Semiconductor 
Products to Rockwell International for $18.1 million in cash and made the 
decision to shut down PCSI's Subscriber Product Group.  PCSI's Wireless 
Semiconductor Product Group provided digital cordless chip solutions for PHS 
(Personal Handyphone System) and DECT (Digital European Cordless 
Telecommunications) as well two-way messaging chip solutions for pACT 
(personal Air Communications Technology).  In connection with the sale of 
the Wireless Semiconductor Product Group and the shut-down of the Subscriber 
Group, the Company recorded a net gain of $0.3 million in the fourth 
quarter. The shut-down of the Subscriber Group resulted in severance costs 
of $2.2 million, the write-off of excess assets (primarily computer and 
related equipment) of $1.1 million, accruals for excess facilities of $0.9 
million and an estimated net cost to settle contracted and other obligations 
of $3.2 million. 


3.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Fair Values of Financial Instruments 

     The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in 
estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments: 

     Cash and cash equivalents:  The carrying amount reported in the balance 
     sheet for cash and cash equivalents approximates its fair value. 

     Investment securities:  The fair values for marketable debt and equity 
     securities are based on quoted market prices. 

     Foreign currency exchange and option contracts:  The fair values of the 
     Company's foreign currency exchange forward and option contracts are 
     estimated based on quoted market prices of comparable contracts, 
     adjusted through interpolation where necessary for maturity 
     differences. 

     Short-term debt:  The fair value of short-term debt approximates cost 
     because of the short period of time to maturity. 

     Long-term debt:  The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on 
     current interest rates available to the Company for debt instruments 
     with similar terms and remaining  maturities. 

     The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company's financial 
instruments at March 29, 1997 are as follows (in thousands): 

                                    Carrying Amount  Fair Value  
                                    ---------------  ----------  
Cash                                    $ 148,509     $ 148,509  
Investment securities: 
     U.S. Government Treasury 
          instruments                     179,395       180,183  
     U.S. Government Agency 
          instruments                      11,111        11,184  
     Commercial paper                         740           740  
Long-term debt (current portion)          (25,644)      (25,290) 
Long-term debt                           (351,248)     (282,365) 

     The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company's financial 
instruments at March 30, 1996 are as follows (in thousands): 


                                    Carrying Amount  Fair Value  
                                    ---------------  ----------- 
Cash and cash equivalents               $ 155,979     $ 155,979  
Investment securities: 
     U.S. Government Treasury 
          instruments                      12,085        12,024  
     U.S. Government Agency 
          instruments                       4,256         4,257  
     Municipal bonds                        4,314         4,325  
Short-term debt                           (80,000)      (80,000) 
Long-term debt (current portion)          (22,460)      (22,090) 
Long-term debt                            (65,571)      (63,023) 


Investments 

     Available-for-sale securities have the following contracted maturities 
at March 29, 1997 (in thousands): 


   Less than one year                  $ 181,048 
   One to two years                       10,198 
                                       --------- 
       Total                           $ 191,246 
                                       ========= 


     Gross unrealized gains and gross unrealized losses on all classes of 
securities were immaterial at March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996. 

     The following is a reconciliation of the investment 
categories to the balance sheet classification at March 29, 1997 
(in thousands): 

                           Cash and Cash   Short-term          
                            Equivalents   Investments     Total  
                            -----------   -----------  --------- 
Cash                        $ 148,509     $       -    $ 148,509 
Available-for-sale 
  securities                    3,031       188,215      191,246 
                            -----------   -----------  --------- 
   Total                    $ 151,540     $ 188,215    $ 339,755 
                            ===========   ===========  ========= 

     The following is a reconciliation of the investment categories to the 
balance sheet classification at March 30, 1996 
(in thousands): 

                            Cash and Cash   Short-term   Long-term        
                             Equivalents   Investments  Investments    Total 
                             -----------   -----------  -----------  ---------
Cash                         $ 149,715     $       -    $        -   $ 149,715 
Available-for-sale 
  securities                     6,264        10,211             -      16,475 
Held-to-maturity securities          -         9,068         1,376      10,444 
                             -----------   -----------  -----------  ---------
   Total                     $ 155,979     $  19,279    $    1,376   $ 176,634 
                             ===========   ===========  ===========  ========= 


4.   USE OF ESTIMATES AND CONCENTRATIONS OF OTHER RISKS 

     The Company's financial statements are prepared in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of management 
estimates.  These estimates are impacted, in part, by the following risks 
and uncertainties: 

Inventories.  The Company produces inventory based on orders received and 
forecasted demand.  The Company must order wafers and build inventory well 
in advance of product shipments.  Because the Company's markets are volatile 
and subject to rapid technology and price changes, there is a risk that the 
Company will forecast incorrectly and produce excess or insufficient 
inventories of particular products.  This inventory risk is heightened 
because many of the Company's customers place orders with short lead times. 
Demand will differ from forecasts and such difference may have a material 
effect on actual results of operations. 

Dependence on PC Market.  Sales of most of the Company's products depend 
largely on sales of personal computers (PCs).  Increasing dominance of the 
PC motherboard or PC market by any one customer increases the risks that the 
Company could experience intensified pressure on product pricing and 
unexpected changes in customer orders as a result of changes in the 
customers' market share.  Moreover, the Company's production schedules are 
based not only on customer orders, but also on forecasted demand.  These 
issues may contribute to increasing volatility in the Company's PC-related 
products, and thus may increase the risk of rapid changes in revenues, 
margins, and earnings.  Furthermore, the intense price competition in the PC 
industry is expected to continue to put pressure on the price of all PC 
components.  Other IC makers, including Intel Corporation, have expressed 
their interest in integrating some multimedia or communications functions 
into their microprocessor products.  Successful integration of these 
functions could reduce the Company's opportunities for IC sales in these 
areas.  As a component supplier to PC OEMs and to peripheral device 
manufacturers, the Company is likely to experience a greater magnitude of 
fluctuations in demand than the Company's customers themselves experience.  
In addition, many of the Company's products are used in PCs for the consumer 
market, and the consumer PC market is more volatile than other segments of 
the PC market. 


5.   JOINT VENTURES AND MANUFACTURING SUPPLY AGREEMENTS 

     In 1994, the Company and IBM formed MiCRUS, a manufacturing joint 
venture that produces wafers for both companies. MiCRUS began operations in 
1995 and is now engaging in a second expansion.  In addition, in July 1996, 
the Company and Lucent Technologies formed Cirent Semiconductor, a 
manufacturing joint venture that will produce wafers for both companies.  
Cirent Semiconductor began operations in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997. 

MiCRUS 

     MiCRUS produces wafers using IBM's wafer processing technology, and is 
currently focusing on CMOS wafers with 0.35 micron process technology and 
also processes wafers with 0.8, 0.6 and 0.5 micron technology.  MiCRUS 
leases an existing IBM facility in East Fishkill, New York, and also makes 
process technology payments to IBM, which totaled $56 million as of March 
29, 1997.  IBM and Cirrus Logic own 52% and 48%, respectively, of MiCRUS.  
Activities of the joint venture are focused on the manufacture of 
semiconductor wafers, and do not encompass direct product licensing or 
product exchanges between the Company and IBM.  The terms of the joint 
venture initially entitled each company to purchase 50% of the MiCRUS 
output.   If one company fails to purchase its full entitlement, the 
shortfall may be purchased by the other company or, under limited 
circumstances, offered to third parties.  However, if the wafers cannot be 
sold elsewhere, the company that failed to purchase its full entitlement 
will be required to reimburse the joint venture for costs associated with 
underutilized capacity.  In addition, to the extent that the facility fails 
to produce wafers at scheduled capacity, each company will be required to 
bear its proportionate share of the underabsorbed fixed costs.  During 
fiscal 1997 and 1996, the Company recorded charges to cost of sales of 
approximately $10.0 million and $14 million, respectively, for the 
underutilization of capacity.  In addition, the Company accrued an estimate 
of $22.0 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 for anticipated under 
utilization of capacity in the first and second quarters of fiscal 1998.  
The amount of this accrual is an estimate and the liability for under use of 
capacity is ultimately subject to the actual use in those quarters.  The 
joint venture has a remaining term of seven years.  MiCRUS is managed by a 
six-member governing board of whom three are appointed by IBM, two are 
appointed by Cirrus Logic and one is the chief executive officer of MiCRUS. 

     The joint venture is accounted for on the equity method.  During fiscal 
1997 and 1996, the Company purchased approximately $154.1 million and $77.1 
million, respectively, of manufactured wafers from MiCRUS.  As of March 29, 
1997, and March 30, 1996, the Company had approximately $13.5 million and 
$7.4 million, respectively, of accounts payable related to wafers purchased 
from MiCRUS. 

     A $120 million expansion was completed in fiscal 1996 and a second 
expansion, with a currently budgeted cost of $198 million, is expected to be 
completed in 1998.  The Company is providing all of the capital for the 
second expansion and, accordingly, will be entitled to all of the additional 
wafers produced and will be required to reimburse the joint venture for all 
of the additional costs associated with any underutilization of the capacity 
resulting from such expansion. 

     In connection with the formation and expansion of the MiCRUS joint 
venture, the Company has incurred obligations to make equity contributions 
to MiCRUS, to make payments to MiCRUS under a manufacturing agreement and to 
guarantee equipment lease obligations incurred by MiCRUS.  To date, the 
Company has made equity investments totaling $23.8 million.  No additional 
equity investments are scheduled.  However, the expansion of the MiCRUS 
production could require additional equity contributions by the Company. 

     Payments under the manufacturing agreement as of March 29, 1997 
totalled $71 million, of which $56 million has been paid, $7.5 million is 
due in fiscal 1998 and $7.5 million is due in fiscal 1999.  The 
manufacturing agreement payments are being charged to the Company's cost of 
sales over the original eight-year life of the venture based upon the ratio 
of current units of production to current and anticipated future units of 
production over the remaining life of the venture. 

     The equipment financings which have been completed or are committed to 
as of March 29, 1997 total $503 million, of which $145 million was completed 
in fiscal 1995 and is guaranteed jointly and severally by IBM and the 
Company, and $215 million which was completed in fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997 
and is guaranteed by the Company.  These financings mature at various dates 
from 1998 to 2002.  In addition, the Company currently intends to add an 
additional $60 million in equipment in fiscal 1998 and an additional $50 
million in fiscal 1999 to expand MiCRUS production.  The additional amounts 
would be financed by an equipment lease guaranteed by the Company.  However, 
these additional expenditures have not been committed and could be 
reconsidered.   

     As of March 29, 1997, the Company has purchased approximately $36.2 
million of manufacturing equipment for MiCRUS that the Company expects to 
sell to an independent leasing company, in transactions which are not 
expected to generate any significant gains or losses for the Company, that 
will in turn lease the equipment to MiCRUS.  Additionally, the Company has 
invested approximately $29.7 million in facilities improvements on behalf of 
MiCRUS in fiscal 1997.  The Company expects to receive  a note from MiCRUS 
for this amount, payable over 6 years.  As of March 29, 1997, the Company is 
contingently liable for MiCRUS equipment leases, which have remaining 
payments of approximately $324.4 million, payable through 2002. 

Cirent Semiconductor 

     Cirent Semiconductor will operate two wafer fabs in Orlando, Florida, 
both located in the same complex that is leased from Lucent Technologies.  
Cirent Semiconductor also makes process technology payments to Lucent 
Technologies, which totalled $35 million as of March 29, 1997.  Cirent 
Semiconductor is already operating the first fab, from which Lucent 
Technologies purchases all of the output at a price that covers all costs 
associated with that fab.  The second fab has been built by Lucent 
Technologies and is expected to begin operations in calendar 1997.  The 
second fab is scheduled to begin producing CMOS wafers using 0.35-micron 
processes licensed from Lucent Technologies, and to migrate to a 0.25-micron 
process.  Lucent Technologies and Cirrus Logic each will be entitled to 
purchase one-half of the output of the second fab. If one company fails to 
purchase its full entitlement, the shortfall may be purchased by the other 
company or offered to third parties.  However, if the wafers cannot be sold 
elsewhere, the company that failed to purchase its full entitlement will be 
required to reimburse Cirent Semiconductor for costs associated with 
underutilized capacity.  In addition, to the extent that the facility fails 
to produce wafers at scheduled capacity, each company will be required to 
bear its proportionate share of the underabsorbed fixed costs.  Cirent 
Semiconductor is owned 60% by Lucent Technologies and 40% by Cirrus Logic 
and is managed by a Board of Governors, of whom three are appointed by 
Lucent Technologies and two are appointed by Cirrus Logic.  The joint 
venture has a term of ten years. 

     In connection with the Cirent joint venture, the Company has committed 
to make equity contributions to Cirent Semiconductor, to make payments to 
Cirent Semiconductor under a manufacturing agreement and to guarantee and/or 
become a co-lessee under equipment lease obligations incurred by Cirent 
Semiconductor. 

     The commitment for equity investment as of March 29, 1997 totals $35 
million, of which $2 million has been paid and $33 million is expected to be 
paid in fiscal 1998.  The Company will account for these payments under the 
equity method. 

     Payments under the manufacturing agreement total $105 million, of which 
$35 million has been paid as of March 29, 1997, $50 million is due in fiscal 
1998, and $20 million is due in fiscal 2000 for the achievement of 
milestones by Cirent.  These payments will be charged to the Company's cost 
of sales over the life of the venture based upon the ratio of current units 
of production to current and anticipated future units of production over the 
remaining life of the agreement. 

     The Company has committed to guarantee and/or become a co-lessee of 
leases covering up to $280 million of equipment for the Cirent Semiconductor 
joint venture.  In November 1996, the Company guaranteed and became a co- 
lessee under a lease financing arrangement for up to $253 million of 
equipment, subsequently reduced to $244.4 million, of which $160 million has 
been used.  These financings mature at various dates from 1998 to 2004.  The 
Company currently intends to enter into or guarantee an additional $35.6 
million in lease financings sometime during fiscal 1998. 

     As of March 29, 1997, the Company has purchased approximately $46.7 
million of manufacturing equipment for Cirent that the Company expects to 
sell to the third party lessor under the November 1996 lease financing 
arrangement, in transactions that are not expected to generate any 
significant gains or losses for the Company, that will in turn lease the 
equipment to Cirent.  As of March 29, 1997, the Company is contingently 
liable for Cirent equipment leases that have remaining payments of 
approximately $201 million, payable through fiscal 2004.  In addition, the 
Company is contingently liable for approximately $70 million of debt 
associated with the November 1996 lease financing arrangement, which has not 
yet been used under the specified lease financing. 

     Under the terms of the joint venture agreements, the other joint 
venture partners were responsible for the start-up costs for the years ended 
December 31, 1996 and 1995.  Accordingly, the Company's equity in the 
earnings of the joint ventures were not material in either year.  Condensed 
combined financial information for MiCRUS and Cirent is as follows (in 
thousands): 
                                                   December 31,        
                                           --------------------------- 
                                               1996          1995      
                                           -----------     ----------- 
Current assets                              $ 160,000       $  93,000  
Non-current assets                            150,000         108,000  
                                           -----------     ----------- 
  Total                                     $ 310,000       $ 201,000  
                                           ===========     =========== 

Current liabilities                         $ 175,000       $  83,000  
Non-current liabilities                        81,000          89,000  
Partner's capital                              54,000          29,000  
                                           -----------     ----------- 
  Total                                     $ 310,000       $ 201,000  
                                           ===========     =========== 

                                             Year Ended December 31,   
                                           --------------------------- 
                                               1996          1995      
                                           -----------     ----------- 
Revenue                                     $ 250,000       $ 139,000  
Expenses                                     (310,000)       (171,000) 
                                           -----------     ----------- 
  Net loss                                  $ (60,000)      $ (32,000) 
                                           ===========     =========== 


Other Wafer Supply Arrangements 

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. ("TSMC"). 

     In fiscal 1993 and 1996, the Company entered into volume purchase 
agreements with TSMC.  Under each agreement, the Company committed to 
purchase a fixed minimum number of wafers at market prices and TSMC 
guaranteed to supply certain quantities.  The fiscal 1993 agreement expired 
in March 1997.  The fiscal 1996 agreement expires in December 2001.  Under 
the agreement entered into in fiscal 1996, the Company has agreed to make 
advance payments to TSMC of approximately $118 million, one-half in fiscal 
1998 and one-half in fiscal 1999.  The parties have been reevaluating these 
arrangements, and, although no written agreement has been concluded, the 
Company believes that the requirement for advance payments may be 
eliminated, to be replaced by long-term purchase commitments.  Under both 
the fiscal 1993 and 1996 agreements, if the Company does not purchase the 
committed amounts, it may be required to pay a per-wafer penalty for any 
shortfall not sold by TSMC to other customers.  Over the term of the fiscal 
1996 agreement, the Company estimates it must purchase approximately $790 
million of product in order to receive full credit for the advance payments 
or avoid penalties if the requirement for advance payments is eliminated.  
During fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company purchased approximately $40.2 
million, $37.2 million and $17.4 million, respectively, of product under the 
fiscal 1993 supply agreement.  In fiscal 1997, the Company purchased 
approximately $56.6 million under the fiscal 1996 supply agreement. 


United Microelectronics Corporation ("UMC"). 

     In the fall of 1995, the Company entered into a foundry agreement and a 
foundry capacity agreement with UMC, a Taiwanese company.  The agreements 
provide that UMC will form a new corporation under the laws of Taiwan, to be 
called United Silicon, Inc., and that United Silicon, Inc. will build a 
wafer fabrication facility and manufacture and sell wafers, wafer die and 
packaged integrated circuits.  The agreements provide that United Silicon, 
Inc. will be funded in part with debt and equipment lease financing from UMC 
and in part with equity contributions from the Company and two other U.S.  
semiconductor companies.  The agreements contemplated that the Company's 
total investment would be approximately $88 million, in exchange for which 
the Company would receive 15% of the equity of United Silicon, Inc. as well 
as the right (but not the obligation) to purchase up to 18.75% of the wafer 
output of the new facility at fair market prices.  The Company paid $20.6 
million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996.  The Company does not expect 
to make the additional scheduled investment.  Should the Company not make 
any additional investments, the Company's ultimate equity holding would be 
substantially less than 15% and the Company would not retain rights to 
guaranteed capacity.  However, the Company would retain its equity holding 
in United Silicon, Inc., and the Company believes that foregoing the rights 
to guaranteed capacity would not result in an impairment of the recorded 
value of the investment.  The Company evaluates the net realizable value of 
such investment on an ongoing basis. 


6.   OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASES 

     The Company has capital lease agreements for machinery and equipment as 
follows (in thousands): 

                                          March 29,     March 30, 
                                             1997         1996 
                                          ----------   ----------

     Capitalized cost                      $ 30,594     $ 20,076 
     Accumulated amortization               (15,957)     (11,385)    
                                          ----------   ----------
           Total                           $ 14,637     $  8,691     
                                          ==========   ========== 

     Amortization expense on assets capitalized under capital lease 
obligations is included in depreciation and amortization.  The lease 
agreements are secured by the leased property. 

     Future minimum lease payments under capital leases for the following 
fiscal years, together with the present value of the net minimum lease 
payments as of March 29, 1997, are (in thousands): 

     1998                                        $  6,092 
     1999                                           4,934 
     2000                                           3,228 
     2001                                           2,549 
     2002                                             736 
                                                 ---------
     Total minimum lease payments                  17,539 
     Less amount representing interest            ( 2,336) 
                                                 ---------
     Present value of net lease payments           15,203 
     Less current maturities                      ( 5,355) 
                                                 ---------
     Capital lease obligations                   $  9,848 
                                                 ========= 


7.   LONG-TERM DEBT 

     Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands): 

                                          March 29,     March 30, 
                                             1997         1996   
                                          ----------   ----------

     Installment notes with interest 
      rates ranging from 6.38% to 9.08%    $ 76,892    $  87,531 
     Installment purchase contract with 
      officer of subsidiary                       -          500 
     Less current maturities                (25,644)     (22,460) 
                                           ---------   ----------
     Long-term debt                        $ 51,248    $  65,571 
                                           =========   ========== 

     Principal payments for the following fiscal years are (in 
     thousands): 

          1998                                  $ 25,644 
          1999                                    21,540 
          2000                                    19,008 
          2001                                     8,806 
          2002                                     1,894 
                                                -------- 
               Total                            $ 76,892 
                                                ======== 

     At March 29, 1997, installment notes are secured by machinery and 
equipment with a net book value of $67,947,000 ($79,211,000 at March 30, 
1996). 


8.   CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES 

     During December 1996, the Company completed an offering of $300 million 
of convertible subordinated notes.  The notes bear interest at six percent, 
mature in December 2003, and are convertible into shares of the Company's 
common stock at $24.219 per share.  Expenses associated with the offering of 
approximately $9.4 million are deferred and included in deposits and other 
assets.  Such expenses are being amortized to interest expense over the term 
of the notes. 


9.   BANK ARRANGEMENTS 

     As of March 29, 1997, the Company has a commitment for a bank line of 
credit for borrowings up to a maximum of $150 million expiring on October 
31, 1999, at the banks' prime rate plus one-half percent.  As of March 29, 
1997, no borrowings were outstanding under the line.  Borrowings are secured 
by cash, accounts receivable, inventory, intellectual property, and stock in 
the Company's subsidiaries.  Use of the line is limited to the borrowing 
base as defined by accounts receivable.  Terms of the agreement include 
satisfaction of certain financial ratios, minimum tangible net worth, cash 
flow, and leverage requirements as well as a prohibition against the payment 
of a cash dividend without prior bank approval.  The Company was not in 
compliance with the tangible net worth and profitably covenants as of March 
29, 1997.  The Company expects to amend or replace the existing line of 
credit facility in fiscal 1998. 

     The Company has separate standby letters of credit of approximately 
$10,000,000 with a wafer vendor to secure inventory purchases.  The Company 
also has a separate standby letter of credit of approximately $29,071,000 
with a leasing company to secure lease payments under equipment leases the 
leasing company has with MiCRUS (see note 5) which are guaranteed by the 
Company.  The Company also has approximately $1,000,000 of various other 
lines of credit. 


10.  COMMITMENTS 

Facilities and Equipment Under Operating Lease Agreements 

     The Company leases its facilities and certain equipment under operating 
lease agreements, some of which have renewal options.  Certain of these 
arrangements provide for lease payment increases based upon future fair 
market rates.  The aggregate minimum future rental commitments under all 
operating leases for the following fiscal years are (in thousands):  

          1998                                    $  10,809 
          1999                                       10,364 
          2000                                       10,477 
          2001                                        9,875 
          2002                                        9,214 
          Thereafter                                 47,931 
                                                  ---------
          Total minimum lease payments            $  98,670 
                                                  ========= 

     Total rent expense was approximately $12,580,000, $11,177,000 
and $10,242,000 for fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. 


11.  RESTRUCTURING CHARGES 

     In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company recorded a pre-tax 
restructuring charge of $21.0 million in connection with a decision to 
reorganize into four market focused divisions (Personal Computer Products, 
Communications Products, Mass Storage Products and Crystal Semiconductor 
Products), to outsource certain of its production testing and to consolidate 
certain corporate functions.  In connection with these actions, the Company 
has effected a workforce reduction of approximately 400 people, representing 
approximately 15 percent of the worldwide staff, and has begun the 
consolidation of certain corporate functions.  The Company expects the 
outsourcing of production test to be substantially complete during fiscal 
1998.  Approximately $5.1 million of the restructuring charge is 
attributable to the workforce reduction.  The remaining $15.9 million 
relates primarily to the write-off of excess assets (primarily excess test 
equipment and leasehold improvements totalling approximately $9.5 million) 
and facilities commitments (approximately $3.0 million), which were 
determined using an expected future cash flows basis for determining the 
impairment of the asset values and the amount of the facilities accrual.  
Approximately $10.7 million of the accrual is expected to be discharged 
through cash payments, $8.5 million of which is expected to be paid in 
fiscal 1998.  There were no expenditures charged against the accrual in 
fiscal 1997. 

     In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996, as a result of decreased demand 
for the Company's products for use in personal computers, which accounted  
for more than 80% of the Company's revenue, management reviewed the various 
operating areas of the business and took certain steps to bring operating 
expenses and capacity in line with demand.  These actions resulted in a pre-
tax restructuring charge of approximately $11.6 million.  The principal 
actions in the restructuring involved the consolidation of support 
infrastructure and the withdrawal from an unprofitable product line and 
reduction of planned production capacity.  This resulted in the termination 
of approximately 320 positions from the manufacturing, research and 
development, sales and marketing, and administrative departments. 

     The following sets forth the remaining balance of the Company's fiscal 
1996 restructuring accrual as of March 29, 1997 (in thousands): 

                    Severance and     Capacity scale back 
                  related benefits      and other costs       Total  
                  ----------------    -------------------  ----------
March 30, 1996           $  7,536               $  4,030   $  11,566 

Cash payments              (6,904)                (1,691)     (8,595) 
                  ----------------    -------------------  ----------
March 29, 1997           $    632               $  2,339   $   2,971 
                  ================    ===================  ========== 

     No payments were made for the restructuring during fiscal 1996.  The 
remaining balance of the fiscal 1996 restructuring accrual as of March 29, 
1997 is expected to be extinguished by cash payments to be made in fiscal 
1998. 


12.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

     The Company and its subsidiaries have adopted 401(k) Profit Sharing 
Plans ("the Plans") covering substantially all of their qualifying domestic 
employees.  Under the Plans, employees may elect to reduce their current 
compensation by up to 15%, subject to annual limitations, and have the 
amount of such reduction contributed to the Plans.  The Plans permit, but do 
not require, additional discretionary contributions by the Company on behalf 
of all participants.  During fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company and its 
subsidiaries matched employee contributions up to various maximums per plan 
for a total of approximately $2,046,000, $2,111,000 and $1,849,000, 
respectively.  The Company intends to continue the contributions in fiscal 
1998. 


13.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 


Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

     In March 1989, the Company adopted the 1989 Employee Stock Purchase 
Plan (ESPP).  As of March 29, 1997, approximately 1,610,000 shares of Common 
Stock are reserved for future issuance under this plan .  During fiscal 
1997, 1996 and 1995, 618,169, 593,820 and 461,252 shares, respectively, were 
issued under the ESPP. 


Preferred Stock 

     The Preferred Stock is authorized but unissued.  The Board of Directors 
has the authority to issue the undesignated Preferred Stock in one or more 
series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions 
granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued shares of Preferred Stock and 
to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designations of 
such series, without any further vote or action by the shareholders.   
Although it has no intention to do so, the Board of Directors, without 
shareholder approval, can issue Preferred Stock with voting and conversion 
rights which could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of 
Common Stock.  The issuance of Preferred Stock may have the effect of 
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company. 


Stock Option Plans 

     The Company has various stock option plans (the "Option Plans") under 
which officers, key employees, non-employee directors and consultants may be 
granted qualified and non-qualified options to purchase shares of the 
Company's authorized but unissued Common Stock.  Options are generally 
priced at the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant.  Options 
are exercisable immediately but unvested shares are held in escrow and are 
subject to repurchase at the original issuance price.  Options currently 
expire no later than ten years from date of grant. 

     In previous years, the Company also has issued non-qualified stock 
options to purchase a total of 664,156 shares at prices ranging from $0.06 
to $6.50 per share, subject to a vesting schedule of three and one-half or 
four years and 23,000 shares as stock grants to employees at no cost which 
vest over five years.   The Company recognizes as compensation expense the 
excess of the fair market value at the date of grant over the exercise price 
of such options and grants.  The compensation expense is amortized ratably 
over the vesting period of the options and was $494,000, $820,000 and 
$3,109,000 in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. 

     Information relative to stock option activity is as follows (in 
thousands): 
                                                  Outstanding Options  
                                           --------------------------------
                                 Options                           Weighted 
                                Available                           Average 
                                   for     Number of   Aggregate   Exercise 
                                  Grant     Shares       Price       Price 
                                ---------   -------   ----------   --------
Balance, April 2, 1994               646    10,372    $  91,964     $  8.87 
Shares authorized for issuance     4,796         -            -           -
Options granted                   (4,228)    4,228       57,574       13.62 
Options exercised                      -      (898)      (3,337)       3.72 
Options cancelled                    272      (314)      (4,407)      14.04 
                                ---------   -------   ----------   --------
Balance, April 1, 1995             1,486    13,388      141,794       10.59 
Shares authorized for issuance     1,880         -            -           -
Options granted                   (3,086)    3,086      108,828       35.27 
Options exercised                      -    (2,704)     (20,399)       7.54 
Options cancelled                    529      (575)      (9,900)      17.22 
                                ---------   -------   ----------   --------
Balance, March 30, 1996              809    13,195      220,323       16.70 
Shares authorized for issuance     3,500         -            -           -
Options granted                   (3,421)    3,421       67,089       19.61 
Options exercised                      -    (1,569)     (12,418)       7.91 
Options cancelled                  2,465    (2,509)     (55,648)      22.18 
                                ---------   -------   ----------   --------
Balance, March 29, 1997            3,353    12,538    $ 219,346     $ 17.49 
                                =========   =======   ==========   ======== 

The following table summarizes information concerning currently outstanding 
and exercisable options: 

                          Options Outstanding            Options Exercisable 
                 ------------------------------------  -----------------------
                               Weighted 
                                Average     Weighted                  Weighted 
                               Remaining     Average                   Average 
   Range of         Number    Contractual   Exercise      Number      Exercise 
Exercise Prices  Outstanding     Life         Price     Exercisable     Price 
- ---------------  -----------  -----------   --------    -----------   --------
$ 0.06 - $10.00   3,015,234      5.09        $  7.11     2,565,316     $  6.98 
$10.00 - $15.00   2,993,978      6.96          13.31     1,667,009       12.90 
$15.00 - $20.00   4,170,117      8.79          18.71       918,176       17.48 
$20.00 - $56.88   2,358,727      8.30          33.94       418,833       31.75 
                 ----------                             -----------          
                 12,538,056      7.37        $ 17.49     5,569,334     $ 12.35 
                 ==========                             ===========   

     As of March 29, 1997, approximately 15,891,000 shares of 
Common Stock were reserved for issuance under the Option Plans. 


Shares Reserved for Future Issuance 

     The Company has a total of approximately 29,880,000 shares of common 
stock reserved as of March 29, 1997 for issuances related to its convertible 
subordinated notes, its Option Plans, and its ESPP. 


Stock-Based Compensation 

     The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, 
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations in 
accounting for its plans.  Accordingly, no compensation expense has been 
recognized for its stock-based compensation plans other than for restricted 
stock and performance-based awards.  Had compensation cost for the Company's 
other stock option plans been determined based upon the fair value at the 
grant date for awards under these plans consistent with the methodology 
prescribed under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, 
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, the Company's fiscal 1997 net 
loss and loss per share would have been increased by approximately $19.1 
million, or $0.29 per share and the Company's fiscal 1996 net loss and loss 
per share would have been increased by approximately $13.6 million, or $0.22 
per share.  For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value 
of the options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period (for 
options) and the six-month purchase period (for stock purchases under the 
ESPP). 

     The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in 
estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting 
restrictions and are fully transferable.  In addition, option valuation 
models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the 
expected stock price volatility.  Because the Company's options have 
characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and 
because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect 
the fair value estimate, in the opinion of management, the existing models 
do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of 
its options. 

     The effects on pro forma disclosure of applying SFAS No. 123 are not 
likely to be representative of the effects on pro forma disclosures of 
future years.  Because SFAS No. 123 is applicable only to options granted 
subsequent to April 1, 1995, the pro forma effect will not be fully 
reflected until 2000. 

     The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant 
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using a dividend yield of 0% 
and the following additional weighted-average assumptions used for grants: 

                                     Employee             Employee Stock 
                                   Option Plans           Purchase Plan  
                                -------------------     ------------------
                                   1997      1996         1997      1996  
                                 --------  --------     --------  --------
  Expected volatility              68.87%    68.87%       74.47%    74.47% 
  Risk-free interest rate            6.1%      5.8%         5.7%      5.3% 
  Expected lives (in years)           5.0       5.0          0.5       0.5 


14.  INCOME TAXES 

     (Loss) income before income taxes and cumulative effect of 
accounting change consists of (in thousands): 

                               1997         1996         1995   
                            ----------   ----------   --------- 
     United States          $ (25,176)   $ (21,168)   $  57,541 
     Foreign                  (26,443)     (20,555)      32,097 
                            ----------   ----------   --------- 
          Total             $ (51,619)   $ (41,723)   $  89,638 
                            ==========   ==========   ========= 

     The (benefit) provision for income taxes consists of (in thousands): 

                               1997         1996         1995  
                           ----------    ----------  ----------
     Federal  
       Current             $ (15,264)    $  25,303   $  27,829 
       Deferred                7,041       (28,182)     (2,180) 
                           ----------    ----------  ----------
                              (8,223)       (2,879)     25,649 

     State 
       Current               ( 1,077)        3,402       2,936 
       Deferred                  812       (10,110)     (1,308) 
                           ----------    ----------  ----------
                             (   265)       (6,708)      1,628 

     Foreign 
       Current                 3,025         4,047         959 
                           ----------    ----------  ----------
     Total                 $ ( 5,463)    $  (5,540)  $  28,236 
                           ==========    ==========  ========== 

     The (benefit) provision for income taxes differs from the amount 
computed by applying the statutory federal rate to pretax income as follows: 


                                                    1997     1996     1995 
                                                   -------  -------  -------
Expected income tax (benefit) provision at 
  the U.S. federal statutory rate                  (35.0%)  (35.0%)   35.0% 
Provision (benefit) for state income taxes, 
  net of federal effect                            (  .4%)  (10.5%)    1.4% 
Foreign operating results taxed at rates 
  other than the U.S. statutory rate                27.9%    35.9%    (3.0%) 
Research and development credits 
  (flow-through method)                            ( 5.0%)  ( 3.1%)   (4.6%) 
Other                                                1.9%   ( 0.6%)    2.7% 
                                                   -------  -------  -------
(Benefit) provision for income taxes               (10.6%)  (13.3%)   31.5% 
                                                   =======  =======  ======= 


     Under SFAS No. 109, deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the 
net tax effects of tax carryforwards and temporary differences between the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and the 
amounts used for income tax purposes. 

     Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are (in thousands): 

                                           March 29,   March 30, 
                                             1997         1996  
                                           ---------   ---------
     Deferred tax assets: 
       Inventory valuation                 $  21,129   $  25,817 
       Accrued expenses and allowances        21,457      35,447 
       Net operating loss carryforwards        3,687       3,051 
       Research and development credit 
          carryforwards                       14,193       4,507 
       State investment tax credit 
          carryforwards                        4,442       4,042 
       Other                                   4,521       2,690 
                                           ---------   --------- 
           Total deferred tax assets          69,429      75,554 
                                           ---------   ---------
     Deferred tax liabilities: 
       Depreciation                            9,239       8,124 
       Other                                   5,114       4,501 
                                           ---------   ---------
           Total deferred tax liabilities     14,353      12,625 
                                           ---------   ---------
     Total net deferred tax assets         $  55,076   $  62,929 
                                           =========   ========= 

     The Company has research and development tax credit carryforwards for 
federal and state tax purposes of approximately $14.2 million, expiring from 
2006 through 2012.  The Company also has state investment tax credit 
carryforwards of approximately $4.4 million expiring from 2004 through 2005. 

     As a result of a prior merger, the Company has net operating loss 
carryforwards for federal tax purposes of approximately $8.5 million, expiring 
from 2002 through 2008.  These net operating loss carryforwards are available 
to offset certain future consolidated taxable income. 


15.  LEGAL MATTERS 

     The Company and certain of its customers from time to time have been 
notified that they may be infringing certain patents and other intellectual 
property rights of others.  Further, customers have been named in suits 
alleging infringement of patents by the customer products.  Certain components 
of these products have been purchased from the Company and may be subject to 
indemnification provisions made by the Company to the customers.  The Company 
has not been named in any such suits.  Although licenses are generally offered 
in such situations, there can be no assurance that litigation will not be 
commenced in the future regarding patents, mask works, copyrights, trademarks, 
trade secrets, or  indemnification liability, or that any licenses or other 
rights can be obtained on acceptable terms. 

     On May 7, 1993, the Company was served with two shareholder class action 
lawsuits filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of 
California.  The lawsuits, which name the Company and several of its officers 
and directors as defendants, allege violations of the federal securities laws 
in connection with the announcement by Cirrus Logic of its financial results 
for the quarter ended March 31, 1993.  The complaints do not specify the 
amounts of damages sought. 

     Between November 7 and November 21, 1995, five shareholder class actions 
lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the Northern 
District of California against the Company and several of its officers and 
directors.  A consolidated amended complaint was filed on February 20, 1996 and 
an amended consolidated supplemental complaint was filed on May 3, 1996.  This 
complaint alleges that certain statements made by defendants during the period 
from July 23, 1995 through December 21, 1995 were false and misleading and in 
violation of the federal securities laws.  The complaint does not specify the 
amounts of damages sought. 

     On February 21, 1996 a shareholder class action lawsuit was filed in the 
Superior Court of California in and for the County of Alameda against the 
Company and numerous fictitiously named defendants alleged to be officers or 
agents of the Company.  An amended complaint, which added certain of the 
Company's officers and directors as defendants was filed on April 18, 1996.  
The lawsuit alleges that certain statements made by the Company and the 
fictitiously named defendants during the period from October 1, 1995 through 
February 14, 1996 were false and misleading and that the defendants breached 
their fiduciary duties in making such statements in violation of California 
State Common and Statutory law.  The complaint does not specify the amounts of 
damages sought. 

     During December 1996, the Company and certain of its current and former 
directors and officers, reached an agreement in principle which would settle 
all pending securities claims against the Company for an aggregate sum of $31.3 
million, exclusive of interest, $2.3 million of which will be paid by the 
Company with the remainder being paid by the Company's insurers.  The Company 
recorded the $2.3 million as other expense in the quarter ended December 28, 
1996. 

     The proposed settlement includes the amendment of the federal class action 
filed in 1995 to include claims pending in the State court with the intent that 
the settlement would have the effect of extinguishing the State court claims.  
The proposed settlement, which is subject to a number of contingencies, is 
expected to be approved by the courts before July 1997.


16.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT 

     The Company's Board of Directors approved an option exchange program 
effective April 30, 1997.  Unless the employee elected not to participate in 
the exchange, at close of market on April 30, 1997, replacement options with an 
exercise price of $9.1975 per share were granted to current employees with 
outstanding options with exercise prices above $9.1875 per share and the old 
options were cancelled.  In connection with this program, the replacement 
options have been issued with the same vesting schedule as the old options, 
however, all replacement options are subject to a one year blackout of 
exercise.  If an employee voluntarily terminates his employment prior to the 
end of the blackout period, the replacement options will be forfeited. 


<PAGE>




                 CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON 
                        ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

N/A





=====================================         ==================================

No dealer, salesman or any 
other person has been authorized to 
give any information or to make any                  U.S. $280,750,000 
representations other than those 
contained in this prospectus, in 
connection with the offer made by this              CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.
prospectus, and, if given or made, 
such information or representations 
must not be relied upon as having 
been authorized by the corporation.              6% Convertible Subordinated
Neither the delivery of this prospectus         Notes Due December 15, 2003  
nor any sale made hereunder shall, 
under any circumstances, create an 
implication that there has been no 
change in the affairs of the corporation 
since the date hereof.  This prospectus 
does not constitute an offer or 
solicitation by anyone in any 
jurisdiction in which such offer or 
solicitation is not authorized or in 
which the person making such offer or 
solicitation is not authorized to do so 
or to anyone to whom it is unlawful to 
make such offer or solicitation in such 
jurisdiction. 


       --------------------                           --------------------
         TABLE OF CONTENTS                                  PROSPECTUS
       --------------------                           --------------------
                                    Page
                                   -----
Available Information          
Documents Incorporated by Reference     
Summary          
The Company     
The Offering     
Risk Factors     
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges     
Use of Proceeds     
Description of Registrable Notes     
United States Taxation     
Selling Securityholders     
Plan of Distribution     
Legal Matters     
Experts     
Glossary     
Index to Consolidated Financial 
Statements                          F-1 




                                                        ____________, 1997  

=====================================        ==================================

                                PART II
                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

       The following table sets forth the various expenses payable by the
Registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being
registered hereby.  Normal commission expenses and brokerage fees are payable
individually by the Selling Stockholders.  All amounts are estimated except the
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Amount
                                                   -------------
     <S>                                           <C>
     SEC registration fee  . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 85,068.00
     Accounting fees and expenses  . . . . . . . .     45,000.00
     Legal fees and expenses   . . . . . . . . . .     60,000.00
     Printing expenses   . . . . . . . . . . . . .     10,000.00
     Trustee's Fees and Expenses . . . . . . . . .     10,000.00
     Miscellaneous fees and expenses   . . . . . .     19,932.00
                                                   -------------
              Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 230,000.00
                                                   =============
</TABLE>


ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 

       Section 317 of the California General Corporation Law authorizes a  
court to award, or a corporation's Board of Directors to grant, indemnity to 
directors and officers who are parties or are threatened to be made parties 
to any proceeding (with certain exceptions) by reason of the fact that the 
person is or was an agent of the corporation, against expenses, judgments, 
fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in 
connection with the  proceeding if that person acted in good faith and in a 
manner the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the  
corporation.  This limitation on liability has no effect on a director's 
liability (i) for acts or omissions that involve intentional misconduct or a 
knowing and culpable violation of law, (ii) for acts or omissions that a 
director believes to be contrary to the best interests of the corporation or 
its shareholders or that involve the absence of good faith on the part of 
the director, (iii) relating to any transaction from which a director 
derived an improper personal benefit, (iv) for acts or omissions that show a 
reckless disregard for the director's duty to the corporation or its 
shareholders in circumstances in which the director was aware, or should 
have been aware, in the ordinary course of performing a director's duties, 
of a risk of a serious injury to the corporation or its shareholders, (v) 
for acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention 
that amounts to an abdication of the director's duty to the corporation or 
its shareholders, (vi) under Section 310 of the California General 
Corporation Law (concerning contracts or transactions between the 
corporation and a director) or (vii) under Section 316 of the California 
General Corporation Law (directors' liability for improper dividends, loans 
and guarantees).  The provision does not extend to acts or omissions of a 
director in his capacity as an officer. Further, the provision has no effect 
on claims arising under federal or state securities laws and does not affect 
the availability of injunctions and  other equitable remedies available to 
the Company's shareholders for any violation of a director's fiduciary duty 
to the Company or its shareholders.  Although the validity and scope of the 
legislation underlying the provision have not yet been interpreted to any  
significant extent by the California courts, the provision may relieve  
directors of monetary liability to the Company for grossly negligent  
conduct, including conduct in situations involving attempted takeovers of 
the Company. 

       In accordance with Section 317, the Restated Articles of  
Incorporation, as amended (the "Articles"), of the Company limits the  
liability of a director to the Company or its shareholders for monetary  
damages to the fullest extent permissible under California law, and  
authorizes the Company to provide indemnification to its agents (including 
officers and directors), subject to the limitations set  forth above.  The 
Company's By-Laws further provide for indemnification  of corporate agents 
to the maximum extent permitted by the California General Corporation Law. 

       Pursuant to the authority provided in the Articles, the Company has  
entered into indemnification agreements with each of its officers and  
directors, indemnifying them against certain potential liabilities that may 
arise as a result of their service to the Company, and providing for certain 
other protection. 

       The Company also maintains insurance policies which insure its  
officers and directors against certain liabilities. 

       The foregoing summaries are necessarily subject to the complete text 
of the statute, the Articles, the By-Laws and the agreements referred to 
above and are qualified in their entirety by reference thereto. 

       Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreements included herein as 
exhibits to the Registration Statement for provisions regarding  
indemnification of the Company's officers, directors and controlling  
persons against liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities  
Act. 

ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

       This Registration Statement and Amendment thereto related to
offerings of $300 million of convertible subordinated notes conducted in
December 1996.  The notes bear interest at six percent, mature in December
2003, and are convertible into shares of the Company's common stock at
$24.219 per share.  The notes were sold by the Company to Goldman, Sachs &
Co., Salomon Brothers, Inc., J.P. Morgan & Co., and Robertson, Stephens &
Company (the "Initial Purchasers").  The Initial Purchasers resold
$280,725,000 of the Notes, in a transaction exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act, to persons reasonably believed by such
initial purchaser to be "qualified institutional buyers" (as defined in
Rule 144A under the Securities Act), or other institutional "accredited
investors" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act.  An additional $19,275,000 aggregate principal amount of
Notes were issued in the Original Offering by the Company and sold by the
Initial Purchasers in compliance with the provisions of Regulation S under
the Securities Act.  Aggregate discounts to the Initial Purchasers totalled
$9,375,000.  The net proceeds of the Offering to the Company, after
deducting the discounts and offering expenses, were $289,700,000.


ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(a) Exhibits
Number    Description of Document 
- ------    --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>       <C>

        The following exhibits are filed as part of or incorporated by    
        reference into this Form S-1: 

3.1(8)          Restated Articles of Incorporation of Registrant, as
                amended.

3.2(1)          Form of Restated Articles of Incorporation or Registrant,
                as amended.

3.3(1)          Bylaws of Registrant, as amended.

4.1(1)          Article III of Restated Articles of Incorporation of
                Registrant (See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2.)

4.2(12)         Indenture dated as of December 15, 1996 6% Convertible
                subordinated Notes.

4.3(1)          Specimen Certificate of Common Stock of the Company.

4.4(12)         Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 15, 1996,
                among the registrant, Goldman Sachs & Co., Salomon Brothers
                Inc., J.P. Morgan & Co., and Robertson, Stephens & Co.

5.1             Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional 
                Corporation.

10.1(10)        Amended 1987 Stock Option Plan. 

10.2(10)        Amended 1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. 

10.3(1)         Description of Executive Bonus Plan. 

10.4(1)         Fourth Amendment to Preferred Shares Purchase 
                Agreements, Founders Registration Rights Agreements, and 
                Warrant Agreements and Consent between the Registrant 
                and certain shareholders of the Registrant dated May 15, 
                1987, as amended April 28, 1989. 

10.5(1)         Form of Indemnification Agreement. 

10.6(1)         License Agreement between Registrant and Massachusetts  
                Institute of Technology dated December 16, 1987. 

10.7(1)         Lease between Prudential Insurance Company of America  
                and Registrant dated June 1, 1986. 

10.8(1)         Lease between McCandless Technology Park, Milpitas, and 
                Registrant dated March 31, 1989. 
10.9(1)         Agreement for Foreign Exchange Contract Facility between 
                Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association 
                and Registrant, dated April 24, 1989. 

10.10(2)        1990 Directors Stock Option Plan and forms of Stock     
                Option Agreement. 

10.11(2)        Lease between Renco Investment Company and Registrant   
                dated December 29, 1989. 

10.12(3)        Loan agreement between First Interstate Bank of 
                California and Silicon Valley Bank and Registrant, dated 
                September 29, 1990. 

10.13(2)        Loan agreement between Orix USA Corporation and the     
                Registrant dated April 23, 1990. 

10.14(2)        Loan agreement between USX Credit Corporation and       
                Registrant dated December 28, 1989. 

10.15(3)        Loan agreement between Household Bank and Registrant 
                dated September 24, 1990. 

10.16(3)        Loan agreement between Bank of America and Registrant 
                dated March 29, 1991. 

10.17(4)        Equipment lease agreement between AT&T Systems Leasing 
                Corporation and Registrant dated December 2, 1991. 

10.18(4)        Lease between Renco Investment Company and Registrant   
                dated May 21, 1992. 

10.19(5)        Loan agreement between Deutsche Credit Corporation and 
                Registrant dated March 30, 1993. 

10.20(5)        Lease between Renco Investment Company and Registrant   
                dated February 28, 1993. 

10.21(6)        Lease between Renco Investment Company and Registrant   
                dated May 4, 1994. 

10.22(7)        Participation Agreement dated as of September 1, 1994 
                among Registrant, International Business Machines 
                Corporation, Cirel Inc. and MiCRUS Holdings Inc. 

10.23(7)        Partnership Agreement dated as of September 30, 1994 
                between Cirel Inc. and MiCRUS Holdings Inc. 

10.24(8)        Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between Registrant 
                and Bank of America dated January 31, 1995. 

10.25(9)        General Partnership Agreement dated as of October 23, 1995
                between the Company and AT&T.

10.26(9)        Joint Venture Formation Agreement dated as of October 23, 1995
                between the Company and AT&T.

10.27(9)        Foundry Venture Agreement dated as of September 29, 1995 
                between the Company and United Microelectronics
                Corporation ("UMC").

10.28(9)        Written Assurances Re Foundry Venture Agreement dated as
                of September 29, 1995 between the Company and UMC.

10.29(9)        Foundry Capacity Agreement dated as of September 29, 1995
                between the Company and UMC.

10.30(10)       Multicurrency Credit Agreement dated April 30, 1996 between
                the Company and the Bank of America and Other Banks.

10.31(11)       Indenture dated as of December 15, 1996 
                6% Convertible Subrdinated Notes.

11.1            Statement Regarding Computation of Per Share Earnings. 

12.1            Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios of Earnings to
                Fixed Charges. 

19.1(10)        Proxy Statement to the 1996 Annual Meeting of           
                Shareholders.

21.1(10)        Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1            Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional. 
                Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1). 

23.2            Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors (See page II-___).

25.1 (12)       Statement of Eligibility and Qualification Under the Trust 
                Indenture Act of 1939 of a Corporation Designated to Act as 
                Trustee on Form T-1. 
_______


(1) Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement           
     No. 33-28583. 

(2) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K 
     for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1990. 

(3) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K 
     for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1991. 

(4) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K 
     for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1992. 

(5) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K 
     for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1993. 

(6) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K 
     for the fiscal year ended April 2, 1994. 

(7) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-Q/A
     for the quarterly period ended October 1, 1994. 

(8) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K 
     for the fiscal year ended April 1, 1995. 

(9) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-Q/A
     for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1995.

(10) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K
     for the fiscal year ended March 30, 1996.

(11) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-Q/A
     for the quarterly period ended December 28, 1996.

(12) Previously filed.

</TABLE>

(b)     Financial Statement Schedules

        The following consolidated financial statement schedule is filed as
part of this registration statement and should be read in conjunction with
the consolidated financial statements.  


                    SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                            Balance    Charged to                    Balance
                         at Beginning   Costs and                    at Close
          Item             of Period    Expenses    Deductions (1)  of Period
- -----------------------  ------------- ----------- ------------    ------------
                                      (Amounts in thousands)

1995
  Allowance for doubtful
       accounts             $  8,237     $ 4,631      ($ 3,429)       $  9,439

1996
  Allowance for doubtful
       accounts             $  9,439     $ 4,094      ($   359)       $ 13,174

1997
  Allowance for doubtful
       accounts             $ 13,174     $   518      ($   922)       $ 12,770

 (1) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries


All other schedules have been omitted since the required information is
not present or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission
of the schedule or because the information required is included in
the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. 


ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS 

       Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may 
be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the 
Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14 above, or 
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the 
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public 
policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the 
event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than 
the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, 
officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of 
any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or 
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the 
Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been 
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate 
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against 
public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final 
adjudication of such issue. 

     (a)  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes: 

          (1)   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being 
                made, a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement: 

          (i)   To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the 
                Act; 

          (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising 
                after the effective date of this Registration Statement (or 
                the most recent post-effective amendment thereof)  which, 
                individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental 
                change in the information set forth in the Registration 
                Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment 
                thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a 
                fundamental change in the information set forth in the 
                Registration Statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any 
                increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the 
                total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed 
                that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or 
                high and of the estimated maximum offering range may be 
                reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission 
                pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in 
                volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in 
                the maximum aggregate offering price, set forth in the 
                "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective 
                registration statement; and 

          (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan 
                of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration 
                Statement or any material change to such information in the 
                Registration Statement. 

          (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the 
Act, each such post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus 
shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the 
securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time 
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. 

          (3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-offering      
amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the 
termination of the offering. 

     (b)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the 
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and 
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, 
or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the 
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public 
policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the 
event that such a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other 
than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a 
director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful 
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, 
officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being 
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the 
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of 
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is 
against public policy as expressed in Act and will be governed by the final 
adjudication of such issue. 




<PAGE>

                            CIRRUS LOGIC, INC. 
                                SIGNATURES 


       Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, 
the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the 
undersigned thereunto duly authorized. 


CIRRUS LOGIC, INC. 
(Registrant) 


/s/ Robert F. Donohue
Robert F. Donohue
Vice President, Chief Legal Officer
General Counsel and Secretary


       PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE 
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED. 


SIGNATURE                                 TITLE                         DATE
- ---------                                 -----                         ----


* MICHAEL L. HACKWORTH    President, Chief Executive Officer    June 12, 1997
Michael L. Hackworth      and Director (Principal Executive 
                          Officer 


* SUHAS S. PATIL          Chairman of the Board, and            June 12, 1997
Suhas S. Patil            Director


* THOMAS F. KELLY         Office of the President, Chief       June 12, 1997
Thomas F. Kelly           Operating Officer


* C. GORDON BELL          Director                              June 12, 1997
C. Gordon Bell 


* D. JAMES GUZY           Director                              June 12, 1997
D. James Guzy 


* WALDEN C. RHINES        Director                              June 12, 1997
Walden C. Rhines 


* ROBERT H. SMITH         Director                              June 12, 1997
Robert H. Smith 


*  By /s/ Robert F. Donohue
          Robert F. Donohue
          Attorney-In-Fact


                            CIRRUS LOGIC, INC. 
                    REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1 
                             INDEX TO EXHIBITS 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit 
Number    Description of Document 
- ------    --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>

        The following exhibits are filed as part of or incorporated by    
        reference into this Form S-1: 

3.1(8)          Restated Articles of Incorporation of Registrant, as
                amended.

3.2(1)          Form of Restated Articles of Incorporation or Registrant,
                as amended.

3.3(1)          Bylaws of Registrant, as amended.

4.1(1)          Article III of Restated Articles of Incorporation of
                Registrant (See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2.)

4.2(12)         Indenture dated as of December 15, 1996 6% Convertible
                subordinated Notes.

4.3(1)          Specimen Certificate of Common Stock of the Company.

4.4(12)         Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 15, 1996,
                among the registrant, Goldman Sachs & Co., Salomon Brothers
                Inc., J.P. Morgan & Co., and Robertson, Stephens & Co.

5.1             Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional 
                Corporation.

10.1(10)        Amended 1987 Stock Option Plan. 

10.2(10)        Amended 1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. 

10.3(1)         Description of Executive Bonus Plan. 

10.4(1)         Fourth Amendment to Preferred Shares Purchase 
                Agreements, Founders Registration Rights Agreements, and 
                Warrant Agreements and Consent between the Registrant 
                and certain shareholders of the Registrant dated May 15, 
                1987, as amended April 28, 1989. 

10.5(1)         Form of Indemnification Agreement. 

10.6(1)         License Agreement between Registrant and Massachusetts  
                Institute of Technology dated December 16, 1987. 

10.7(1)         Lease between Prudential Insurance Company of America  
                and Registrant dated June 1, 1986. 

10.8(1)         Lease between McCandless Technology Park, Milpitas, and 
                Registrant dated March 31, 1989. 
10.9(1)         Agreement for Foreign Exchange Contract Facility between 
                Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association 
                and Registrant, dated April 24, 1989. 

10.10(2)        1990 Directors Stock Option Plan and forms of Stock     
                Option Agreement. 

10.11(2)        Lease between Renco Investment Company and Registrant   
                dated December 29, 1989. 

10.12(3)        Loan agreement between First Interstate Bank of 
                California and Silicon Valley Bank and Registrant, dated 
                September 29, 1990. 

10.13(2)        Loan agreement between Orix USA Corporation and the     
                Registrant dated April 23, 1990. 

10.14(2)        Loan agreement between USX Credit Corporation and       
                Registrant dated December 28, 1989. 

10.15(3)        Loan agreement between Household Bank and Registrant 
                dated September 24, 1990. 

10.16(3)        Loan agreement between Bank of America and Registrant 
                dated March 29, 1991. 

10.17(4)        Equipment lease agreement between AT&T Systems Leasing 
                Corporation and Registrant dated December 2, 1991. 

10.18(4)        Lease between Renco Investment Company and Registrant   
                dated May 21, 1992. 

10.19(5)        Loan agreement between Deutsche Credit Corporation and 
                Registrant dated March 30, 1993. 

10.20(5)        Lease between Renco Investment Company and Registrant   
                dated February 28, 1993. 

10.21(6)        Lease between Renco Investment Company and Registrant   
                dated May 4, 1994. 

10.22(7)        Participation Agreement dated as of September 1, 1994 
                among Registrant, International Business Machines 
                Corporation, Cirel Inc. and MiCRUS Holdings Inc. 

10.23(7)        Partnership Agreement dated as of September 30, 1994 
                between Cirel Inc. and MiCRUS Holdings Inc. 

10.24(8)        Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between Registrant 
                and Bank of America dated January 31, 1995. 

10.25(9)        General Partnership Agreement dated as of October 23, 1995
                between the Company and AT&T.

10.26(9)        Joint Venture Formation Agreement dated as of October 23, 1995
                between the Company and AT&T.

10.27(9)        Foundry Venture Agreement dated as of September 29, 1995 
                between the Company and United Microelectronics
                Corporation ("UMC").

10.28(9)        Written Assurances Re Foundry Venture Agreement dated as
                of September 29, 1995 between the Company and UMC.

10.29(9)        Foundry Capacity Agreement dated as of September 29, 1995
                between the Company and UMC.

10.30(10)       Multicurrency Credit Agreement dated April 30, 1996 between
                the Company and the Bank of America and Other Banks.

10.31(11)       Indenture dated as of December 15, 1996 
                6% Convertible Subrdinated Notes.

11.1            Statement Regarding Computation of Per Share Earnings. 

12.1            Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios of Earnings to
                Fixed Charges. 

19.1(10)        Proxy Statement to the 1996 Annual Meeting of           
                Shareholders.

21.1(10)        Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1            Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional. 
                Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1). 

23.2            Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors (See page II-___).

25.1 (12)       Statement of Eligibility and Qualification Under the Trust 
                Indenture Act of 1939 of a Corporation Designated to Act as 
                Trustee on Form T-1. 
_______


(1) Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement           
     No. 33-28583. 

(2) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K 
     for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1990. 

(3) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K 
     for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1991. 

(4) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K 
     for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1992. 

(5) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K 
     for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1993. 

(6) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K 
     for the fiscal year ended April 2, 1994. 

(7) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-Q/A
     for the quarterly period ended October 1, 1994. 

(8) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K 
     for the fiscal year ended April 1, 1995. 

(9) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-Q/A
     for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1995.

(10) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K
     for the fiscal year ended March 30, 1996.

(11) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Report on Form 10-Q/A
     for the quarterly period ended December 28, 1996.

(12) Previously filed.

</TABLE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 5.1

                   Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
                       Professional Corporation

                          650 PAGE MILL ROAD
                    PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA 94304-1050
              TELEPHONE 415-493-9300   FACSIMILE 415-493-6811
                            WWW.WSGR.COM

                            March 18, 1997


Cirrus Logic, Inc.
3100 W. Warren Avenue
Fremont, CA  94538

        Re:  Cirrus Logic, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1
             -----------------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        We have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed 
by Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the "Company") with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on March 18, 1997 (the "Registration Statement") in connection 
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of 
11,591,219 shares of Common Stock of the Company upon conversion of 
$280,750,000 aggregate principal amount of 6% Convertible Subordinate 
Notes (the "Registrable Notes") of the Company due December 15, 2003 
(equal to a conversion rate of 41.2903 shares per $1000 principal amount 
of Registrable Notes).

        It is our opinion that the Notes and Shares, when issued and sold
in the manner referred to in the Registration Statement, will be legally
and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

        We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the 
Registration Statement, and further consent to the use of or name 
wherever appearing in the Registration Statement, including the 
Prospectus constituting a part thereof, and any amendment thereto.

                                Very truly yours,

                                /s/ WILSON, SONSINI, GOODRICH & ROSATI
                                      Professional Corporation



[ARTICLE] 5
[MULTIPLIER]   1,000
<TABLE>

EXHIBIT 11.1
                                    CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.
                 STATEMENT RE:  COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
                       (In thousands, except per share amounts)
<CAPTION>
                                                         1995      1996      1997
                                                       --------- --------- ---------
<S>                                                    <C>       <C>       <C>
Primary:

Net income (loss)                                        59,708    62,761    65,008
Dilutive common stock equivalents:
   Common stock options, using treasury stock
      method                                              3,964  N/A       N/A
   Common stock warrants, using treasury
      stock method                                            8  N/A       N/A
                                                       --------- --------- ---------
Common and common equivalent shares used in
    the calculation of net (loss) income per share       63,680    62,761    65,008
                                                       ========= ========= =========

Net (loss) income                                       $61,402  ($36,183) ($46,156)
                                                       ========= ========= =========

Net (loss) income per share                               $0.96    ($0.58)   ($0.71)
                                                       ========= ========= =========


   ---------------------------------------

Fully diluted:

Weighted average common shares outstanding               59,708    62,761    65,008
Dilutive common stock equivalents:
   Common stock options, using treasury stock
      method                                              4,096       N/A       N/A
   Common stock warrants, using treasury
      stock method                                            8       N/A       N/A
  Convertible subordinated debt, using the
    "if converted" method                              -               -        N/A
                                                       --------- --------- ---------
Common and common equivalent shares used in
    the calculation of net (loss) income per share       63,812    62,761    65,008
                                                       ========= ========= =========

Net (loss) income                                       $61,402  ($36,183) ($46,156)
                                                       ========= ========= =========

Net (loss) income per share                               $0.96    ($0.58)   ($0.71)
                                                       ========= ========= =========
</TABLE>

[ARTICLE] 5
[MULTIPLIER]   1,000
<TABLE>

Exhibit 12.1
                  COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
<CAPTION>

                                                              Fiscal Year
                                           --------------------------------------------------
                                              1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                                            --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S>                                         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>

Income (loss) before income taxes            $32,545   $55,964   $89,638  ($41,723) ($51,619)

Fixed charges (1)                              2,931     4,075     5,514     8,504    23,528

                                            --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
   Total earnings and fixed charges           35,476    60,039    95,152   (33,219)  (28,091)

Fixed charges (1)                              2,931     4,075     5,514     8,504    23,528

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)         12.1x     14.7x     17.3x       N/A       N/A
                                            ========= ========= ========= ========= =========

ADJUSTED FOR MiCRUS FIXED CHARGES:

Fixed charges (3)                                                  7,284    17,401    35,858

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (4)                             13.1x       N/A       N/A
                                                                ========= ========= =========

ADJUSTED FOR MiCRUS AND CIRENT FIXED CHARGES:

Fixed charges (5)                                                 23,120    33,236    51,694

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (6)                              4.1x       N/A       N/A
                                                                ========= ========= =========


</TABLE>
____________________

(1)    Fixed charges consist of interest expense incurred, including capital
       leases, amortization of interest costs and the portion of rental
       expense under operating leases deemed by the Company to be
       representative of the interest factor.

(2)    Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges for fiscal 1996 and
       1997 by approximately $41.7 million and $51.6 million, respectively.

(3)    Fixed charges consist of interest expense incurred, including capital
       leases, amortization of interest costs and the portion of rental
       expense under operating leases deemed by the Company to be
       representative of the interest factor and interest on capitalized
       leases and the interest factor associated with operating leases of
       the Company's MiCRUS joint venture.

(4)    Earnings would have been inadequate to cover fixed charges for fiscal
       1996 and 1997 by approximately $50.6 million and $63.9 million,
       respectively.

(5)    Fixed charges consist of interest expense incurred, including capital
       leases, amortization of interest costs and the portion of rental
       expense under operating leases deemed by the Company to be
       representative of the interest factor and interest on capitalized
       leases and the interest factor associated with operating leases of
       the Company's MiCRUS joint venture and on a pro forma basis including
       the Cirent leases as if they were outstanding from the beginning of
       fiscal 1996.

(6)    Earnings would have been inadequate to cover fixed charges for fiscal
       1996 and 1997 by approximately $66.5 million and $79.8 million,
       respectively.



[ARTICLE] 5
[MULTIPLIER]   1,000

EXHIBIT 21.1
                                CIRRUS LOGIC INC.

                     SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT


Acumos Incorporated  (California)
Cirel Inc.  (California)
Ciror, Inc.  (California)
Cirrus Logic Holdings, Inc.  (California)
Cirrus Logic International Ltd.  (Bermuda)
Cirrus Logic International SARL  (France)
Cirrus Logic Korea Co., LTD.  (Korea)
Cirrus Logic, GmBh.  (Germany)
Cirrus Logic, K.K.  (Japan)
Cirrus Logic, Software India, Pvt. Ltd.  (India)
Cirrus Logic (U.K.) Limited  (United Kingdom)
Crystal Semiconductor Corporation  (Delaware)
Pacific Communications Sciences, Inc.  (Delaware)



EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our report dated April 23, 1997, (except for Note 16, as to
which the date is April 30, 1997, in the Registration Statement (Form
S-1) and related Prospectus of Cirrus Logic, Inc. for the registration of
$280,750,000 principal amount of its 6% Convertible Subordinated Notes due
December 15, 2003 and 11,591,219 shares of its common stock.

Our audit also included the consolidated financial statement schedule of 
Cirrus Logic, Inc. listed in Item 16(b).  This schedule is the responsibility
of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion
based on our audits.  In our opinion, the financial statement schedule 
referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial 
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the 
information set forth therein.

                                             /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Jose, California 
June 12, 1997 



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission